TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


Exhibit 4.11




 















State of Israel


Ministry of Communications












General License to Cellcom Israel Ltd.


for the Provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method (cellular)







Combined Version, as at March 1, 2015









  





1











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  




 


General   License   for












Cellcom Israel Ltd.












Award of license







 


By the authority vested in me under the Telecommunications Law, 5742 – 1982 (hereinafter – the Law), the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version], 5732 – 1972 (hereinafter – the Ordinance), and my other powers pursuant to any law, I, the Minister of Communications, hereby grant a license to Cellcom Israel Ltd. (hereinafter – the Licensee) to establish, maintain and operate a mobile radio telephone system by the cellular method, and to provide thereby mobile radio telephone services to the Israeli public, as set forth in this License.







This License is granted for the period set forth in the license and is subject to its conditions as follows:









  





2











  




 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












CHAPTER A: GENERAL







PART A: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION:







 



	
1.

	
Definitions








	
1.1

	
In this License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed next to them, unless another meaning is evident from the written language or its context.













	
" Type Approval"

	 	
-

	
Approval given by the Minister pursuant to the Law and the Ordinance to a cellular end-equipment model.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Means of Control"

	 	
-

	
In a corporation – any one of the following:


(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity corresponding thereto in another corporation;


(2) the right to appoint a director or CEO;


(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;


(4) the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation after payment of its debts on liquidation.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Telecommunications"

	 	
-

	
Broadcast, transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material, visual forms, sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other electromagnetic systems;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Franchisee"A16

	 	
-

	
As defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Interested Party"

	 	
-

	
Anyone holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of the Means of Control;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Licensee"

	 	
-

	
Anyone to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general or special license; A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"General Licensee" A16

	 	
-

	
Anyone who has received a general license for implementing the Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Roaming Licensee" A60

	 	
-

	
The person who one Tender 12/2010 – Combined License for the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone Services by the Cellular Method (Cellular) in Israel – Extension of Existing License and Grant of a New License.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Broadcasting Licensee" A16

	 	
-

	
As defined in the Law;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Accessibility Fees"

	 	
-

	
Payment for the use of another Telecommunications system, including for connection, transmission and collection;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Technical Requirements and Service Quality"

	 	
-

	
Standards of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance, all according to the engineering plan as the Director will order from time to time relating to the services of the Licensee


	 	 	 	 
	
“Contract”A43

	 	
-

	
Contract between the Licensee and a Subscriber, for the provision of all or any of the services of the Licensee;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "Proposal"

	 	
-

	
The Licensee’s Proposal in the Tender;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "Bezeq Corp."

	 	
-

	
Bezeq Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.;


	 	 	 	 
	
the “Law"

	 	
-

	
The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 – 1982; A16







                                                    


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A60 Amendment No. 60


A16 Amendment No. 16


A43 Amendment No. 43 [Inception: This amendment shall come into force not later than March 15, 2007]


 




  





3











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










	
"Holding" A16

	 	
-

	
For the purpose of Means of Control – directly or indirectly, whether alone or in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or agent, or through a right granted under an agreement, including an option for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or in any other way;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Transfer" A16

	 	
-

	
For the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly, whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity or for a period, all at once or in parts;


	 	 	 	 
	
"In Concert With Others" A16

	 	
-

	
Permanent collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent collaborators will be deemed – the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one of them controls and, with regard to a corporation – the corporation, anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of them;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Security Forces"

	 	
-

	
The Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special Operations;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Index"

	 	
-

	
The Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics from time to time, or any other index that may replace it;


	 	 	 	 
	
“Cellular Radio Center"

	 	
-

	
A wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and used for creating a radio connection between cellular end-equipment units in the possession of the subscribers in its coverage area and the cellular switchboard;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Interface"

	 	
-

	
The physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications units, including by optical or wireless means;A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"Telecommunications Facility"

	 	
-

	
A facility or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes, including end-equipment;A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"Tender No. 1/01" A16

	 	
-

	
A tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28, 2001), including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License was amended;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "Tender"

	 	
-

	
Tender No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11, 1993, including clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License is granted;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "Director"

	 	
-

	
The Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone authorized by him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in part;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Subscriber" A43

	 	
-

	
Anyone who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose of receiving cellular services as an end user;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Dormant subscriber"T48)

	 	  	
A subscriber in respect of which all of the conditions set out below are fulfilled:


(a)He did not receive or use cellular services during a minimum of one year, starting from January 1, 2008;


(b)He does not pay the Licensee any fixed payment;


(c)He is not bound with the Licensee by any plan that includes a commitment period.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Business subscriber"T47)

	 	  	
- A subscriber who is any of the following:


(a)A corporation, as defined in the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981;


(b)Government offices and auxiliary government bodies;


(c)A licensed dealer excluding an exempt dealer;


(d)An entity established by or pursuant to a law.


	 	 	 	 
	
“Private Subscriber” T52

	 	  	
Non-Business Subscriber


	 	 	 	 
	
"International Telecommunications System"

	 	
-

	
A system of Telecommunications facilities, connected or designated for connection to the Public Telecommunications Network through an International NEP, which is used or designated for use in the transfer of Telecommunications messages between an international switch situated in Israel and a Telecommunications Facility located abroad, including a satellite ground station and other Telecommunications facilities (hereinafter – the System Components) and including transmission facilities among the System Components; A16







 












T48) Amendment No. 48 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).




T47) Amendment No. 47.


T52) Amendment No. 52.



A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16









  





4











  








 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










	
"Mobile Radio Telephone System" (Cellular System)

	 	
-

	
A system of wireless facilities built by the cellular method and other installations, through which mobile radio telephone services are provided to the public, including a cellular coordinator, cellular radio centers and wireless or cable transmission arteries between cellular radio centers, a cellular radio center and a cellular coordinator, between Cellular coordinators, or between a cellular switchboard and a Public Telecommunications Network.


	 	 	 	 
	
"NDO (National Domestic Operator)" A16

	 	
-

	
A General Licensee for the provision of landline domestic Telecommunications services


	 	 	 	 
	
"Cellular Operator"

	 	
-

	
A General Licensee for the provision of mobile radio telephone services A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"Another Cellular Operator"

	 	
-

	
A Cellular Operator that is not the Licensee.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Switchboard"

	 	
-

	
A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated switching and transmission means, enabling contact between various end-equipment units that are connected or linked thereto, and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities and other facilities that enable the provision of various services to Subscribers of the Licensee or to subscribers of another Licensee;


	 	 	 	 
	
"The Ministry"

	 	
-

	
The Ministry of Communications


	 	 	 	 
	
"Transit Switch"A16

	 	
-

	
A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated the means of switching, routing and transmission enabling contact between various switchboards that are connected or linked thereto and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Domestic Roaming" A60

	 	
-

	
Expansion of the services of another cellular licensee (hereinafter – "cellular licensee") to the coverage areas of the Licensee by means of the Licensee's cellular system, as set forth in section 67E.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Officer"A16

	 	
-

	
Anyone acting as a director, CEO, chief business officer, deputy CEO, someone who fills such a position in a company even if the title is different, as well as any other manager who is directly subordinate to the CEO of the company;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Appendices" A16

	 	
-

	
The first addendum and the Appendices set forth in the second addendum to the License A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"NEP (Network End-Point)"

	 	
-

	
An Interface to which is connected on one side a Public Telecommunications Network and on the other side, end-user equipment, a private network, a mobile telephone network or other public network, as applicable;


	 	 	 	 
	
"International NEP"

	 	
-

	
A connections device to which are linked a Public Telecommunications Network on one side and an International Telecommunications System on the other;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Telecommunications operation"

	 	
-

	
The operation, installation, construction or maintenance of a Telecommunications Facility, all for the purpose of Telecommunications;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "Ordinance"

	 	
-

	
The Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version]. 5732 – 1972;


	 	 	 	 
	
"End-User Equipment"

	 	
-

	
Telecommunications equipment, which is connected or is designated for connection to a public Telecommunications network through an NEP or through a private network, including a telephone, modem, facsimile or private switchboard;







                                                    


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A60 Amendment No. 60


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


 




  





5











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










	
"Cellular End-User Equipment"

	 	
-

	
Portable or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected or designated for connection to a Cellular System by means of a cellular radio center.


	 	 	 	 
	
"Interconnection" A16

	 	
-

	
Connection between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee to a Public Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically, that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications messages between Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee to the subscribers of the other Licensee;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Relative"

	 	
-

	
Spouse, parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their spouses;


	 	 	 	 
	
the "License"

	 	
-

	
This License, with all its Appendices and any other document or condition stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the License or its conditions;


	 	 	 	 
	
the “Network" A16

	 	
-

	
The Cellular System of the Licensee;


	 	 	 	 
	
the “Minister"

	 	
-

	
The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Public Telecommunications    Network"

	 	
-

	
A system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for the provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout Israel or at least in the area of service, including Coordinators or Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications system, except for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular End-Equipment;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Public Telecommunications Landline Network"

	 	
-

	
A domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications network;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Access Network" A16

	 	
-

	
Components of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used for connection between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure, wireless infrastructure or a combination of the two;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Bezeq Network"

	 	
-

	
The Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision of its services under the general license granted to it and the other Telecommunications services provided under the Law, whether by Bezeq or by any other person;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Use" A16

	 	
-

	
Access to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including to the public Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and the possibility of using them for the purpose of conducting Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by means thereof, including the installation of a Telecommunications Facility of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the Licensee


	 	 	 	 
	
"Telecommunications Service"

	 	
-

	
The performance of Telecommunications operations for others;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Basic Telephone Service"

	 	
-

	
Two-way switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech or of speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile signals;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Telephony Service" A16

	 	
-

	
Basic telephone service and services related to this service;







                                                    


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


 




  





6











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










	
"International Telephone Service (ITMS)"

	 	
-

	
A telephone service by means of the international system of a Licensee for the provision of international services;


	 	 	 	 
	
"International Roaming Service" A16 A66

	 	
-

	
A cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian control of the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular operator (hereinafter – Foreign Operator), whereby the Subscriber pays the Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a cellular service provided in Israel via the Cellular System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that operator; in this regard, the "Palestinian Council" – as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756 – 1998 [sic];


	 	 	 	 
	
"Related Service"

	 	
-

	
A service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be provided by the supplier of the basic service;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Value Added Service" A16

	 	
-

	
A service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service, which, by its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is not the supplier of the basic service; with regard to the services of the Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to the License;


	 	 	 	 
	
"infrastructure Service"

	 	
-

	
An Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee, to a Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee;A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"Domestic Telecommunications Landline Service" A16

	 	
-

	
Infrastructure, transmissions, communication of data and landline telephony;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Licensee Services"

	 	
-

	
Cellular services, Telecommunications Services and other services which the Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees, to Franchisees and to the Security Forces;A16


	 	 	 	 
	
"Cellular Services"

	 	
-

	
Telecommunications services provided by means of the Cellular System;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Control"

	 	
-

	
The ability to direct a corporation's activity, directly or indirectly, including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue of a Holding in the Means of Control in another corporation - or from any other source, except for ability deriving solely from fulfilling the position of director or other position in the corporation;


	 	 	 	 
	
"the Minister"

	 	
-

	
The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Engineering Plan"

	 	
-

	
An engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including any change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached to the license as Appendix B;


	 	 	 	 
	
"Numbering Plan" A16

	 	
-

	
As defined in Section 5A(B) of the Law;












                                                    


A16 Amendment No. 16


A66 Amendment No. 66


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16


A16 Amendment No. 16









  





7











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 







	
1.2

	
Other words and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in Clause 1.1, will have the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance, in the regulations enacted thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set forth in the relevant places in the License, unless another meaning is implied by the written language or its context.







 



	
2.

	
Clause headings












The headings of the clauses in this License are provided solely for the convenience of the reader, and should not be used for interpretation or explanation of the content of any of the conditions of the License.


 



	
3.

	
Blue pencil principle












A cancellation or determination regarding the non-validity of a condition of this License or part of a condition will apply only with regard to that condition or part, as applicable, and will not serve, per se, to derogate from the binding validity of the License or any other condition therein.


 



 


 


16 In the event that the Subscriber has a limited monthly minutes package, the License Holder shall deduct the payment according to the duration of the call from the monthly minute quota; in the event that the Subscriber has an unlimited plan, he will not be charged any additional payment for dialing a Service Number; in the event that the Subscriber has a tariff plan other than in the framework of a package, his Regular Tariff will be identical to the tariff for an inter-network calling minute.








  





8











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 


PART B – LEGAL PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


 


4.           Upholding laws and provisions








	
4.1

	
In everything pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance of the Cellular System and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the Licensee will act in accordance with the provisions of any law and, without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will ensure compliance with the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
the provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder;













	
  

	
(2)

	
the provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder;













	
  

	
(3)

	
administrative provisions;













	
  

	
(4)

	
international Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a party;













	
  

	
(5)

	
any other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even if they go into effect after the License is granted.













	
4.2

	
The Licensee will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1 as these will be in force from time to time during the license period, including the remedies for the breach thereof, and they will be deemed an integral part of the License conditions.

















 



	
5.

	
Permit obligation pursuant to any other law













	
5.1

	
The granting of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation to obtain, with regard to execution of the License, any license, permit, approval, or consent pursuant to any other law.







 


 



	
6.

	
Contradiction in the License provisions












In the event of an apparent contradiction in the License provisions, the Minister will determine the interpretation of the provisions or how to settle the contradiction between them and after the Licensee has been given a fair opportunity to voice its claims A2.







                                                    


A2 Amendment No. 2


 




  





9











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 


CHAPTER B: THE LICENSE – SCOPE, VALIDITY AND CANCELLATION







PART A – SCOPE AND PERIOD OF THE LICENSE







 



	
7.

	
Scope of the License













	
7.1

	
Pursuant to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof, the Licensee is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a Cellular System and, through it, to provide cellular Services to the Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned generality, the Licensee is entitled to do the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
to set up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to connect them to cellular switchboards, and to connect between cellular switchboards, by means of cable and wireless transmission channels;









	 	
(2)

	
To connect the mobile phone system to another public communication network in Israel;











	 	
(3)

	
To engage with the subscribers for the purpose of provision of mobile phone services;











	 	
(4)

	
To supply mobile phone terminal equipment to subscribers;











	 	
(5)

	
To provide its subscribers with mobile phone services as specified in the first addendum to the license;











	 	
(6)

	
To provide its subscribers with services for which it has received approval in accordance with Section 67C of the license. A66















	
7.2

	
The Licensee will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other Telecommunications Service that is not explicitly permitted within the context of this License.












 



	
8.

	
Absence of exclusivity A16













	
8.1

	
The Licensee will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its services.













	
8.2

	
The Minister is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional operators for the provision of cellular Services..













	
8.3

	
Should the Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the Licensee will be entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the Minister will be entitled to determine as part of the conditions of such a tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the receipt of a license will be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular System to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined thereby, and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means thereof.







                                                    


A66 Amendment No. 66


A16 Amendment No. 16









  





10











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
9.

	
The License period













	
9.1

	
This License is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the granting of the License (hereinafter – the License Period).













	
9.2

	
The License Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with that stated in Clause 10 (hereinafter – the Additional Period).













	
9.3

	
This License may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in accordance with that stated in Clause 11.













	
9.4

	
During the License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License, the License will be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to Clauses 13 to 15 with regard to change, restriction, suspension or cancellation of the License.













	
9.5A15

	
Notwithstanding the aforesaid A16, in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee winning Tender No. 1/01, this License will be valid for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1, 2002).












 


10.           Extension of the License Period








	
10.1

	
The Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the License Period for additional six years, if, after he has examined the following:













	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the regulations thereunder and the provisions of the License;








	
  

	
(B)

	
The Licensee has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services and to update the technology of the cellular System and its activities did not include an act or omission that would impair or restrict competition in the cellular sector;








	
  

	
(C)

	
The Licensee is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high level and that it is able to make the investments required for the technological updating of the cellular System and for improving the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services.













	
10.2

	
The Licensee must submit its request for an extension of the License Period during the forty-five days prior to the period of eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period.













	
10.3

	
The Licensee must attach the following to its request:








	
  

	
(A)

	
A report summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted pursuant to this License between the date of commencement of the License and the date of submission of its request;








	
  

	
(B)

	
Comparison of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding year and explanations of unusual changes in the data;








	
  

	
(C)

	
Review of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to improve the quality, scope and availability of the Cellular Services and to develop and update the Cellular System technology.













	
10.4

	
The summary report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise details and be prepared in the form of an affidavit.







                                                    


A15 Amendment No. 15


A16 Amendment No. 16


 




  





11











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 







	
10.5

	
For the purpose of examining the Licensee’s request to extend the License Period, the Minister is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish, during the period and in the manner that he will determine, any information or document and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, the Minister is entitled -








	
  

	
(A)

	
To require the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the purpose of verifying the details therein, to complete the report or to furnish any additional detail that is not included therein;








	
  

	
(B)

	
To summon the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to present documents that are in its possession or under its control, relating to the data in the report;








	
  

	
(C)

	
To require the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its plans for the technological update of the Cellular System during the Additional Period;













	
10.6

	
The Licensee must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause 10.5; if the Licensee is required to appear before the Minister, the chairman of the board of directors of the company holding the License or the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in writing, will appear;













	
10.7

	
If the Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as stated in Clause 10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to extend the validity of the License.













	
10.8

	
The Minister will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request for extending the validity of the License no later than a year before the end of the License Period.













	
10.9

	
The Additional Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including any change therein.













	
10.10

	
The provisions of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply, mutatis mutandis, to data furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf, pursuant to the provisions of Clause 10.












 


11.           Renewal of the License








	
11.1

	
At the end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or more Additional Periods of six years, as will be determined.













	
11.2

	
The Licensee will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the forty-five days prior to the eighteen months preceding of the end of the License Period or the Additional Period.













	
11.3

	
The Minister will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date of receiving its request for renewal of the License, whether he intends to take the measures and institute the proceedings required to renew the License, or a tender will be conducted for the services under this License.














  





12











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 


12.           Termination of the License Period








	
12.1

	
If the License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5A16 or the Additional Period pursuant to Clause 10.1 or the License Period after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and the License is not extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue to operate the  Cellular System for a period to be determined (hereinafter - the Period for Terminating the Service) until a license is duly granted to another for the provision of services pursuant to this License (hereinafter – Alternate Licensee), and the procedures for transferring the system thereunder are completed, or until a license is duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on which the License expires.













	
12.2

	
During the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from the date on which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the Licensee and the Alternate Licensee will negotiate for the purpose of purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value and assigning the rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if said Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will be determined by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be appointed by the Chairman of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants.







 

















                                                    


A2 Amendment No. 16


 




  





13











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  









PART B – CHANGE IN CONDITIONS AND CANCELLATION OF THE LICENSE







 


13.           Change in the License conditions








	
13.1

	
The Minister is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License conditions if he is convinced that one of the following exists:













	
  

	
(A)

	
A change has occurred in the extent of the License applicant’s suitability to perform the actions and services that are the subject of the License;








	
  

	
(B)

	
Subject to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure competition in the telecommunications area;








	
  

	
(C)

	
A change is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided thereunder;








	
  

	
(D)

	
Changes that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in the license;













	
13.2

	
The Minister is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services, if he is convinced that a change has occurred in one or more of the components of the costs, which represent a basis for calculating the rates.













	
13.3

	
The Minister will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 after the Licensee has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice its claims.












 


14.           Cancellation of the License








	
14.1

	
The Minister is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period, if one or more of the causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or in one of the following cases:













	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must be disclosed or it furnished inaccurate information;








	
  

	
(B)A2

	
If the Licensee refuses to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which it was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister or someone acting on his behalf with false information;








	
  

	
(C)

	
The Licensee did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or the regulations thereunder;








	
  

	
(D)

	
The Licensee committed a material breach of the License conditions and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, including the following:








	
  

	
(1)

	
The Licensee is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the maximum rates prescribed in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant to any law;








	
  

	
(2)

	
The Licensee is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements prescribed in this license;








	
  

	
(3)

	
The Licensee did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to the operation of digital technology in the  cellular System;








	
  

	
(E)

	
The Licensee did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set forth in the License or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one of the services;









 


                                                    


A2 Amendment No. 2


 




  





14











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 


(F)           One or more of the qualities that rendered the Licensee suitable to participate in the tender for cellular services, or to be a Licensee, has ceased to exist, including:



	
  

	
(1)

	
The Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in Israel;








	
  

	
(2)

	
Residents and citizens of Israel no longer hold, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of all of the Means of Control in the Franchisee; in this clause – "Citizen of Israel" – as defined in the Citizenship Law, 5712 – 1952; "Resident" – as defined in the Population Registry Law, 5735 – 1965;








	
  

	
(3)

	
A majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and residents of Israel;








	
  

	
(4)

	
The manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous crime and continues to serve in his position;








	
  

	
(5)

	
The joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the Licensee company, together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined to under US $200 million; in this matter, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the right to the company's earnings will not be taken into account.








	
  

	
(6)

	
Before 5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of the cellular operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting or of the right to appoint a director or CEO in the Licensee company;








	
  

	
(7)

	
Subject to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the Licensee company or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control in the Licensee company, holds, directly or indirectly, more than one per cent (5%) of the Means of Control in BezeqA2, Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a competing corporation.








	
  

	
(8)

	
If one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee company, which is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or pension fund;








	
  

	
-

	
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the Minister;













	
  

	
-

	
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and, additionally, it is a controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is required to do so under law;













	
  

	
-

	
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up to 10% of said Means of Control;








	
  

	
(G)

	
Void A2













	
  

	
(H)

	
If an act or omission in the Licensee’s operations impaired or restricted competition in the cellular sector;












                                                   


A16 Amendment No. 16


A2 Amendment No. 2


 




  





15











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
  

	
(I)

	
A receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and an order was given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary liquidation;








	
  

	
(J)

	
Void A2)








	 	
(K)

	
The Licensee requested cancellation of the License;













	
14.1.1A2

	
For the purposes of sub-clause 14.1(E A2), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected after the Director was provided with prior written notification of the reasons and approved by the Director,  will not be considered deemed an improper unlawful cessation, restriction or delay of service.







 



	
14.2

	
If the Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of invalidity does not necessitate cancellation of the License, the Minister will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity to rectify the act or omission constituting a cause for cancellation.







 



	
14.3

	
The Minister will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel the license, will state in the notice the cause in question, and will allow the Licensee to voice its claims relating to the cause for cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the circumstances, within the period set forth in the notice.







 



	
14.4

	
The Minister is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may demand that it respond to questions, present documents or furnish him with whatever information and documents are required for the purposes of clarifying the cause for cancellation.







 



	
14.5

	
If the Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the requirement or summons on the date set forth therein.







 



	
14.6

	
If the Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Minister's demand or summons within the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or summons, the Minister is entitled to cancel the License in a notice that will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter - Cancellation Notice).







 



	
14.7

	
In the Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the cancellation of the License will take effect and he is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue the provision of services pursuant to this License until a license is granted to another or until the appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the purpose of managing and operating the cellular System – as applicable.







 



	
14.8

	
The Licensee will continue to provide services until the end of the period stipulated by the Minister in his notice and will comply with the provisions of this License and any instruction given by the Minister in this matter.







 


 


15.           Other remedies







In addition to his authority to cancel the License as stated in Clause 14, the Minister is entitled, if the causes outlined in Clause 14.1 occur, to restrict or suspend the License or to change its conditions or to foreclose on the guarantee given by the Licensee to secure fulfilment of the conditions of the License, in whole or in part; the procedures set forth for cancellation of the License will apply, mutatis mutandis, to the restriction or suspension of the License or forfeiture of the guarantee.


                                                    


A2 Amendment No. 2


A2 Amendment No. 2


A2 Section 3 in the original version of Amendment No. 2 contained a typographical error, in which 14.1(D) was written instead of 14.1(E).


 




  





16











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 


CHAPTER C: OWNERSHIP, ASSETS AND MEANS OF CONTROL







PART A – RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE LICENSE AND ITS ASSETS








	
16.

	
Void. A66







 



	
17.

	
Ownership of the Cellular System













	
17.1

	
The Licensee will be the owner of the Cellular System.













	
17.2

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 17.1, the Director is entitled to permit the Licensee to utilize the cable or wireless transmission arteries of another for the purpose of connecting cellular radio centers, connecting a cellular radio center to a Cellular Coordinator of the Licensee or of another Licensee, connecting Cellular Coordinators of the Licensee, connecting a Cellular Coordinator of the licensee to a Cellular Coordinator of Another Cellular Operator A16, or connecting a Cellular Coordinator to a Public Telecommunications Network or to an International Telecommunications Network.







 



	
18.

	
Restrictions on transfer of the License assets













	
18.1

	
The Licensee may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in performance of the License (hereinafter – the License Assets) with the Minister's prior consent and in accordance with the conditions determined by him.













	
18.2

	
Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 18.1, the Minister will give his consent for the granting of rights in the License Assets to a third party, if he is convinced to his satisfaction that the Licensee has promised that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by a third party will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide these services pursuant to the provisions of this License.













	
18.3 A2

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for the purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby the encumbrance agreement includes a clause ensuring that that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by the banking corporation will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes of this clause – "Banking Corporation" is as defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741 – 1981, except for a "Foreign Corporation," as defined in the same law.













	
18.4 A2

	
The provisions of Clause 18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a "trade-in" basis.












                                                    


A66 Amendment No. 66


A16 Amendment No. 16


A2 Amendment No. 2


A2 Amendment No. 2









  





17











  




 








	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION













 


 


19.           Engagement with another








	
19.1

	
If the Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this license, in whole or in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply to the Director for his approval therefor; the Licensee must attach the ContractA43) to its application. The provisions of this clause will not apply for the purposes of the engagement between the Licensee and a marketer of Cellular End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee for the purpose of marketing its services. A2













	
19.2

	
The Director is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition his approval on terms that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the agreement; the Director will consider, inter alia, to what extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee compliance with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee hereunder. The Director will not approve an engagement with another that contradicts the obligations of the Licensee pursuant to this License.













	
19.3

	
Nothing in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of the Licensee and its responsibility for performing any of the services pursuant to this License, in whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions of this License, nor will it serve to derogate from the powers of the Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their behalf.







 

















                                                    


A2 Amendment No. 2


 




  





18











  











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 








Part B: Means of Control – Changes and Limitations







 


20.           Particulars of Licensee








	
20.1A43)

	
Details regarding the Licensee's legal entity, incorporation, holders of the controlling interest, holders of a material influence, interested parties and officers, are attached as Addendum A to the license. The Licensee must submit to the Director, every year at the beginning of January, an updated Addendum A.













	
20.2

	
The Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in the information contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and acquisition of control or of 5% of the means of control in the Licensee company or change in the appointment of a director or general manager, within 14 days of the date of change.












 


21.           Transfer of Means of Control








	
21.1

	
There will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless this received the Minister's prior consent.













	
21.2

	
There will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a part of said means of control, so that as a result of the transfer, control in the Licensee is transferred from one person to another, unless this was given the Minister's prior consent.













	
21.3

	
There will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the Licensee, and there will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person himself or together with his relative or with another person, who operate with him regularly of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior consent of the Minister.













	
21.4

	
Subject to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system operator in the Licensee drops below 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting and of the right to appoint a director or general manager, except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license, the cellular system operator's share can go below 25% to the point of selling all the means of control in its possession to another, all subject to the Minister's approval for the very reduction of the cellular system operator's share in the means of control in the Licensee and also regarding the purchaser.








	
21.5

	
Notwithstanding that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the Licensee, not entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been transferred or acquired at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1 or 21.3, without the Minister’s approval having been requested, the Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing, and shall submit to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the acquisition, all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this fact, provided the Minister gave his prior written approval to the holding per se of the issue or the sale of the securities to the public. In this regard, “traded means of control” – means of control, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities listed on the stock exchange in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or means of control offered to the public pursuant to a prospectus and held by the public, in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country.













	
21.6

	
Entry into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of securities to the public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or the deposit of securities, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be deemed as the transfer of means of control in the Licensee.







 




  





19











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
21.7

	
(A)

	
Irregular holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders register) at the Licensee, noting the fact of their irregularity, immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact, and a notice concerning the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner of the irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard, “irregular holdings” – the holding of traded means of control without the Minister’s agreement as required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section 23, and the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who acted contrary to the provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long as the Minister’s agreement is required and was not given under section 21 of the license or circumstances exist involving the contravention of the provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license.













	
  

	
(B)

	
Irregular holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any rights on the holder, and shall be “dormant shares” as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution to the shareholders (including the right to participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the basis of holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added as stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or contention of exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be valid, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution as stated.













	
  

	
(C)

	
Irregular holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A shareholder participating in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or where the vote is by means of a voting instrument – on the voting instrument, whether or not its holdings in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or 23 of the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall not vote and its vote shall not be counted.













	
  

	
(D)

	
A director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by virtue of irregular holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or dismissed as stated, such appointment, election or dismissal, as the case may be, shall not be valid.













	
  

	
(E)

	
The provisions of sections 21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of the Licensee, mutatis mutandis.













	
21.8

	
For as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and the Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and 21.7, for as long as the holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes are not reduced to less than 50% of each of the means of control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe that a majority of the voting power in the shareholders general meeting may appoint all the directors in the Licensee, excluding outside directors in accordance with any relevant statutory requirement or stock exchange directive, irregular holdings shall not in themselves be cause for the cancellation of the license.













	
  

	
For purposes of this section, “founding shareholders or their substitutes” – Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., DEC Communications and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation, or any other body to which any of those enumerated above transferred, with the Minister’s approval, means of control, provided the Minister confirmed in writing that the transferee body shall be deemed in this regard as the substitute of the founding shareholder beginning from the date to be determined by the Minister, and including anyone who is an “Israeli entity” as defined in clause 22.2A, who acquired a means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder of its substitute starting from the date that was determined by the Minister. The grant of approval under this section shall not exempt the Licensee from the duty of receiving the Minister’s approval for every transfer of means of control in the Licensee that requires approval under any other section of the license.













	
21.9

	
The provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding shareholders or their substitutes.







 


 


22.           Encumbrance of Means of Control



	
  

	
A shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner so that exercise of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, unless the encumbrance agreement contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised without the prior consent of the Minister.







 



	
22A.

	
Israeli Nationality and Holdings of Founding Shareholders or Their Substitutes







 




  





20











  











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  








 



	
22A.1

	
The total holdings of “founding shareholders or their substitutes” as defined in section 21.8 (including anyone being an “Israeli entity” as defined in section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder or a substitute thereof as from the date determined by the Minister), who are mutually bound by an agreement for the fulfillment of the provisions of section 22A of the license (in this section, all of the above will be deemed: “founding shareholders or their substitutes”), cumulatively, may not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the Licensee.













	
22A.2

	
The cumulative holdings of “Israeli entities,” one or more, included among founding shareholders or their substitutes, out of the total holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes as stated in section 22A.1 above, may not be at any time less than 20% of the total issued capital and of the means of control in the Licensee. For this purpose, the Licensee’s issued share capital will be calculated less the number of “dormant shares” held by the Licensee.













	
  

	
In this section –













	
  

	
“Israeli entity” – With respect to an individual – anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel; with respect to a corporation – the corporation was incorporated in Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However, for purposes of indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications may approve holding through a corporation that was not incorporated in Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee directly, where they are satisfied that this will not be detrimental to the purposes of this section. In this regard, “Israeli citizen” – as defined in the Citizenship Law 1952; “resident” – as defined in the Population Registry Law 1965; “dormant share” – as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law 1999.













	
22A.3

	
At least twenty percent (20%) of the Licensee’s directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2. Notwithstanding the above, in this regard, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers up to 14 members – at least two directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers from 15 to 24 directors – at least three directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, and so forth.













	
22A.4

	
The Licensee’s board of directors will appoint from among its members having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service (hereinafter – “classified directors”), a committee called the “Committee for Security Matters.”













	
  

	
At least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters, among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining to security will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely in the framework of the Committee for Security Matters.













	
  

	
A resolution that was adopted or an action that was performed by the Committee for Security Matters, will be deemed the same as a resolution adopted or action performed by the Company’s board of directors, and it will be considered by the board of directly only if this is required under section 22A.5 below and subject to that stated in section 22A.5 below. In this clause, “security matters” – as defined in the Telecommunications Order (Designation of an Essential Service Provided by Bezeq Israeli Telecommunications Company Ltd.) 1997.













	
22A.5

	
Security matters which the Licensee’s board of directors or Audit Committee are required to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies Law 1999 or according to cogent provisions of any other law applying to the Licensee, will be considered, insofar as necessary, by the board of directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation of classified directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such meetings of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not receive information or inspect documents pertaining to the security matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in every such meeting will consist of classified directors only.







 




  





21











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
  

	
The Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his position and by virtue of the provisions of the law or the articles should have received information or participated in meetings on security matters, and is prevented from doing so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5, will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the Licensee, if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a meeting or non-receipt of information.













	
22A.6

	
The general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that are vested in another organ of the Company, in security matters.













	
22A.7

	
(A)

	
The Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Company’s board of directors and committees, having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service.













	
  

	
(B)

	
The observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under Chapter C of the Government Companies Law 1975.













	
  

	
(C)

	
In addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the observer will owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as required for the fulfillment of his function as an observer. The observer may not serve as an observer or in any other position on behalf of any other entity engaging in the provision of communication services and competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of interest between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a conflict of interest stemming from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee. The observer will commit towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer and not to hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity competing directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest with it, except for a conflict of interest stemming, as stated, from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and during eighteen (18) after the end of such tenure.








	
  

	
In any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his behalf will decide in the matter.













	
  

	
(D)

	
An invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees, including the Committee for Security Matters, will be delivered to the observer as well, who may participate as an observer at any meeting as stated.













	
  

	
(E)

	
The observer’s right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same as a director’s right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain information in the nature of sensitive business information is not required by the observer for the fulfillment of his function, the Licensee may withhold delivery of such information to the observer, notifying him in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he should receive that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head of the General Security Services.













	
  

	
(F)

	
If the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a resolution on security matters contrary to any provision of the license, contract to section 13 of the Law or contrary to section 11 of the General Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the Licensee without any delay, in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of the board of directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the breach or modifying the resolution, should this be possible.












Part C: Cross-Ownership and Conflict of Interest


 


23.           Prohibition on Cross-Ownership


 




  





22











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
23.1

	
The Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of control in the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than one percent (5%) of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator. Regarding this matter, "holding" – includes the holding as an agent.













	
23.2

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may hold up to 5% of the means of control in Bezeq, another cellular system operator A16), provided all the following are fulfilled:













	
  

	
(A)

	
It is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or indirectly, any control in Bezeq or A16) another cellular system operator;













	
  

	
(B)

	
It has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeq's or the other cellular system operator's officers, unless required to do so by law.













	
23.3

	
Pursuant to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the Licensee, as stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A) and (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding will not harm competition.







 


 


24.           Prohibition on a Conflict of Interest



	
  

	
The Licensee, an officer therein or an interested party in the Licensee company will not be a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator, meant or liable to reduce competition or harm it in all pertaining to cellular system services, cellphone network end-equipment and other services provided via the cellular system.







 




  





23











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  








 


Chapter D: Setup and Operation of Cellular system







Part A: Setting Up the System







 



	
25.

	
Definition








	
  

	
In this part –








	
  

	
"Milestones" – Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable detailed in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.







 


 



	
26.

	
Setup according to Plans and Specifications








	
26.1

	
In all pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this section – network), including the technical quality of its various components, as well as the network's structure and manner of setup, the Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions in the engineering plan.













	
26.2

	
The Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of Communications and the network-related standards prescribed by standardization organizations in Israel and around the world, as well as other international organizations, in the telecommunications and wireless field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation of the network.








	
26.3

	
The Licensee may discontinue the operation of a cellular system that has become technologically obsolete, after received the Director's approval in that regard and subject to conditions to be set in the LicenseA63.












 


27.           Execution Stages and Timetable








	
27.1

	
The setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement date for providing the service in the various regions in Israel, will be in accordance with the timetable set in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.













	
27.2

	
The Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by the Director, provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to receive his permission immediately after realizing that difficulties have arisen that prevent it from meeting the original timetable.













	
  

	
27.2.1

	
A delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from the planning and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable reason for obtaining the Director's permission for deviating from the timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction that the Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the matter, to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval from the planning and construction authorities.













	
27.3

	
The Director may approve the Licensee's request to deviate from the timetable, in whole or in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The Director may also approve deviation regarding a specific milestone, provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up with the planned setup rate in the succeeding milestones.














 

A63 Amendment No. 63


 




  





24











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  








 





	
28.

	
Modification of Plans during Setup













	
28.1

	
The Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been authorized to do so by the Director under the provisions of this section. However, the placement of a Cellular Radio  Center in a different site from that set in the engineering plan will not be deemed a deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section, a "search region" denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in which a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site within the territory, and regarding which it has been stated in the engineering plan that it might be necessary to place the center in another site found in the territory.













	
28.2

	
If in the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes that it has become necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering plan, the Licensee must apply in writing to the Director to obtain his approval for the plan. In its application, the Licensee must describe the essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons therefor. The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the application.













	
28.3

	
The Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may also stipulate conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed for the rigorous assurance of the network's quality and performance level. The Director will make a decision in the matter of the request and notify the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable amount of time.












 


29.           Utilization and Construction of Infrastructures








	
29.1

	
For the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee may, subject to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless transmission arteries, provided such transmission arteries will be used solely for the following:













	
  

	
(A)

	
Connection between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensee's cellular system;













	
  

	
(B)

	
Connection between the Licensee's Cellular Radio Centers and its cellular exchanges;













	
  

	
(C)

	
Connection between all the cellular exchanges;













	
  

	
(D)

	
Connection between the Licensee's cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications system, or another cellular operator's cellular networkA16), or other systems operating lawfully.













	
29.2

	
For the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may use also the cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of another licensee or concessionaire lawfully authorized to provide aforesaid infrastructure services.













	
29.3

	
To remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission arteries to be set up by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular system as stated in Section 29.1, unless the Minister permitted the Licensee in the license to make other use thereof, in accordance with the terms he laid down.












 



	
30.A16)

	
Obligation of Interconnection













	
30.1

	
The Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every other public telecommunications network, operating in the territory subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel (including settlements, military sites and military installations in Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline telecommunications network, international telecommunications network and cellular network of another cellular operator.







 




  





25











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
30.2

	
The interconnection between the network and another licensee's public telecommunications network will be effected in such manner as to enable the following:








	
  

	
(A)

	
Relay of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the network and end-equipment connected to the other public telecommunications network;













	
  

	
(B)

	
Proper, regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensee's subscribers, and the provision of services by the other licensee to the Licensee's subscribers.













	
30.3

	
Interconnection may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public telecommunications network of another general license holder, provided it enables that stated in Section 30.2.













	
30.4

	
As regards the interconnection between the network and public landline telecommunications network, the Licensee will act to set up interface points between the two networks, for each type of service (infrastructure, data transmission and communication, telephony), with at least three transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the written request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be done under an agreement between the Licensee and the domestic operator licensee. Such an agreement will include, inter alia, the technical, operational and business details of the connection, the number of connections and their location.













	
30.5

	
As regards the interconnection between the network and an international telecommunications network, the Licensee will act in compliance with the provisions of Addendum J to the license.












 


30A.A16)   Rules Concerning the Implementation of Interconnection








	
  

	
The Licensee will act to implement interconnection in accordance with all the following:













	
(A)

	
The Licensee will verify that the network's technical and operational standards comply wit the requirements for linkup with the public telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the other cellphone operators, and the international operators (hereinafter – other operator), that the network's activities will mesh properly with the activities of the other operator's public telecommunications network, and that the interconnection will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these networks and the normal service to their subscribers;













	
(B)

	
The Licensee will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions for every other operator and avoid any discrimination in actuating the interconnection, including with regard to the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
Supply of infrastructure facilities and network linkup services;








	
  

	
(2)

	
Availability of linkup facilities;








	
  

	
(3)

	
Linkup method, quality and survival;








	
  

	
(4)

	
Alterations and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and at the network interface points;








	
  

	
(5)

	
Payments for interconnection;








	
  

	
(6)

	
Debiting and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding subscribers;








	
  

	
(7)

	
Commercial terms for effecting interconnection;








	
  

	
(8)

	
Submission of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to interconnection;













	
(C)

	
The Licensee will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential information the other operator needs for providing its services via the Licensee's facilities. Said information will be given subject to any law concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality. In the event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and scope of the essential information, the Minister will decide in the matter;













	
(D)

	
The Licensee will give the other operator information regarding alterations planned in its network, which may affect the interconnection with the other operator's public telecommunications' network, or the interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in such manner as to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the implementation of said alterations;







 




  





26











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
(E)

	
As regards Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision of information to the other operator on signing a reasonable privacy protection agreement, intended to safeguard the Licensee's rights under any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights and the like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network meant to be given to the other operator;













	
(F)

	
The terms in respect of interconnection between the network and the other operator's public telecommunications network will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other operator. If the parties fail to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the matter.













	
(G)

	
(1)

	
The Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to them by another operator, The Licensee may also allow another operator's subscribers to receive services from the Licensee, provided that said receipt of services is possible under any law.








	
  

	
(2)

	
The Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operator's subscribers to receive services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt of services is possible technically and under any law.








	
  

	
(3)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its subscribers the possibility of receiving services from another operator, for technical, economic reasons or for other justified reasons.













	
(H)

	
The Licensee will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement between it and the other operator concerning interconnection;













	
(I)

	
The Licensee will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to the other operator under Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of every confidentiality agreement under Subsection (E);













	
(J)

	
The Licensee will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister will prescribe.

















 


30B.A16)Payment for Traffic Completion and Interconnection








	
  

	
In the event the Minister did not determine payment for interconnection or payment deriving from interconnection, the Licensee may demand in respect thereof reasonable and non-discriminatory payment.












 


30C.A16)Prohibition on Delaying Interconnection








	
  

	
The Minister will give the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to voice his position in all pertaining to the Minister's intention to order it regarding the manner of effecting interconnection and its scope, regarding the actions, services and arrangements incidental to effecting interconnection, and regarding payments in respect of interconnection. Once the Minister has instructed the Licensee on said matters, the Licensee will not delay in any way interconnection with the network, and will fulfill its obligations in accordance with the Minister's provisions, properly and in good faith, on the date set therefor and with full cooperation.












 


30D.A16)Providing the Possibility of Utilization








	
30.1D

	
The Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing its telecommunications facility, by virtue of his authority under Section 5 of the Law.













	
30.2D

	
The Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Minister's order, to provide value added services via the Licensee's network. The Licensee will ensure reasonable and equal terms for any other licensee, in all pertaining to the provision of value added services by the latter to the Licensee's subscribers.







 




  





27











  






 







	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


 



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  








 





	
30.3D

	
As regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of Sections 30A to 30C will apply, mutatis mutandis.












 


30E.A16)Infrastructure Services for an Interested Company








	
30.1E

	
The Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services, to a licensee that is an interested company over another licensee, whether in payment for the service, in service conditions, in service availability or in any other way.













	
30.2E

	
(A)

	
Pursuant to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee limitations on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining to another licensee or a broadcasting licensee that is an interested company, provided the following conditions are fulfilled:








	
  

	
(1)

	
The other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material operator:








	
  

	
(2)

	
The Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially harm competition in the field of telecommunications.













	
  

	
(B)

	
As regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the Licensee to offer an interested company the use of its telecommunications facilities under preferred conditions, and these may be limited in time or by another condition.













	
  

	
(C)

	
When considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into account the existence of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to Amendment No. 16 to this license, between the Licensee and the interested company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the permit in time or by other conditions.













	
30.3E

	
In this section – "interested company," "subsidiary," and "material operator" – as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for Providing Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services), 2000.












 


30F.A16)Numbering Program








	
30.1F

	
The Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in compliance with the Director's provisions regarding the activation and implementation of the numbering program.













	
30.2F

	
The Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every subscriber of another cellular system licensee will be able to switch over to and be a subscriber of the Licensee or receive services from the Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and vice versa – the Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using the method laid down in the Director's provision.














  





28











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  








 


31.          Reports on the Setup Works








	
31.1

	
The Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup period, quarterly reports describing the setup works carried out during the period of each report, according to the milestones and timetables in the engineering plan. As regards this section, "the setup period" denotes 15 months from the date the license was granted or until the date of the completion of the network's setup in full deployment, according to the engineering plan, whichever the earlier. A72In the setup period, this report shall be integrated into the engineering system report, as stated in Section 104.1(e)













	
31.2

	
The reports will include a comparison of the plans' execution versus the plan for each report's period, as well as explanations for any deviation or alteration that occurred in the execution compared with the plan.













	
31.3

	
Each report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the Director, and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it empowered especially for this purpose.













	
31.4

	
The Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also that it draw up a new or supplement a report submitted to him.







 


 


32.          Handover of Information and Documents



	
  

	
The Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or document regarding the execution of cellular system setup works, at the time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the Director.












 


33.          Supervision of Setup Works








	
33.1

	
The Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensee's actions connected with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the Director may enter at any reasonable time, the Licensee's work sites, cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose of making measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document pertaining to the execution of the setup works.













	
33.2

	
The Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the supervision of the setup works, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, will enable him to enter the work site and its facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan and specification, and provide him with any information he requests.












 


34.          Correction of Deficiencies and Defects








	
34.1

	
The Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects and deviations he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on reports submitted by the Licensee, documents and information it furnished him, or based on measurements and inspections he made.







A72 Amendment No. 72 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)








	
34.2

	
In the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it will notify the Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving the notice, regarding its response to that stated therein and the measures it took or plans to take, in order to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations.












 


35.          Safety Precautions and Prevention of Hazards








	
35.1

	
The Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions to prevent personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the causation of nuisances and hazards to the public in the work areas, and if required to do excavations at the spot, will do everything to prevent damages to underground systems, including telecommunications networks, and to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law, including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the Law.







 




  





29











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
35.2

	
Upon completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the work sites and restore them to their previous condition.







 


36.           Void.( A2)


 


37.           Intersections with Electricity and Telecommunications Lines








	
  

	
In a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee is subject to the obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between Telecommunications Lines and Electricity Lines), 1986.












 


38.           Discovery of Antiquities and Site Preservation








	
38.1

	
Antiquities, as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup work site, are state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate precautions to prevent damage thereto.













	
38.2

	
The Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding the discovery of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the antiquity's discovery and will follow the instructions of the authority's director in all pertaining to the manner of handling the antiquity.













	
38.3

	
In the course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as possible, damaging sites of historical or national value, tourist sites and landscape.













	
38.4

	
The Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees found in the places where setup works are being carried out.







 


 


39.           Land-Related Powers








	
39.1

	
The Minister may, at the Licensee's request, grant it all or some of the powers prescribed in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in Section 39.2.













	
39.2

	
The Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the aforesaid powers, the scope of the required powers and the reasons therefor, including the steps it took to find alternative sites, without having to use the power under Chapter F of the Law.













	
39.3

	
In the event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee powers under Chapter F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision in the Reshumot (Official Announcements and Advertisements Gazette).














  





30











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  













Part B: Equipment Checks and Installation Certifications







 


40.          Compliance Check



	
  

	
The Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance check. "Compliance" as regards this section – as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the Director has decided as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before undergoing a compliance check.







 


 


41.          Responsibility for Compliance



	
  

	
It is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically compliant with the properties detailed in the manufacturer's specifications relating to the specific item of equipment, and attached to the engineering plan.












 


42.          Performance Testing Program and Its Approval








	
42.1

	
The Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving notice of the completion of installation under Section 43, with an up-to-date, detailed testing program for carrying out the performance check, relating to that part of the Cellular System it wishes to operate (hereinafter – detailed testing program).













	
42.2

	
The Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The Director may demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the Licensee make changes in the detailed testing program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the full and accurate execution of the performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks according to the Director's request.












 


43.          Notice of Setup Completion



	
  

	
Once the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing cellular services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing thereof, in the format it was instructed by the Director, along with the results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and operation.












 


44.          Terms of Fitness and Operation








	
44.1

	
Prior to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and conditions detailed below:













	
  

	
(A)

	
Entering into an Agreement with an Equipment Manufacturer







The Licensee must have agreements in force for the entire operation period planned, with a Cellular System manufacturer, comprising the following:



	
  

	
(1)

	
Know-how agreement;








	
  

	
(2)

	
An agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the network's equipment for a period of at least 7 years;








	
  

	
(3)

	
An agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full documentation of the network's equipment, including updates.













	
  

	
(B)

	
Lab and Testing Equipment







The Licensee must operate a lab, or have a valid agreement with a competent lab.  The lab should include professional testing equipment for performing the checks and making the repairs on the Cellular System equipment, including mobile testing equipment.








	 	
(C)

	
Parts







The Licensee must maintain and run a spare parts warehouse for Cellular System equipment according to the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers.


 




  





31











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  












	
  

	
(D)

	
Maintenance System








	
  

	
The Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service vans and communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network and enabling the handling of any malfunction within the response time required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious problem with the Cellular System causing radio interferences, large-scale disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the malfunction within 4 hours.













	
  

	
(E)

	
Communication Means







Means of communication, such as a walkie-talkie, telephone or cellphone, should be installed in the operation exchanges and centers, as well as in the service and maintenance centers.








	
44.2

	
The Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the network in operation for the first time, certifications and documents regarding compliance with the requirements and conditions specified in Section 44.1.  In the event the Director fails to respond within five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may operate the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the Director orders the Licensee, based on the documents' findings, to alter or fix the network, the Licensee must make the required alteration or correction and present a certification of execution to the Director, and if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate the system.

















Part C: Use of Frequencies







 


45.           Allocation of FrequenciesA16)








	
45.1

	
The Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System, using the frequency bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed below:













	
  

	
(A)A35)

	
835 to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890 MHz;












(A1)A35) 1710 to 1712 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1807 MHz;



	
  

	
That stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Director's authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical bandwidth for the Licensee's use, instead of the frequency band specified in this subsection.













	
  

	
(B)

	
Starting from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:







1710 to 1715.4 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1810.4 MHz;


1716.6 to 1721.2 MHz and corresponding range 1811.6 to 1816 MHz;


1962 to 1967 MHz and corresponding range 2152 to 2157 MHz;








	
  

	
(C)

	
Starting from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:








	
  

	
1720 to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825 MHz;








	
  

	
1960 to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160 MHz;








	
  

	
as well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910 MHz.













	
  

	
(C1) A2A26) Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be allocated:








	
  

	
 1715 to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815 MHz.













	
  

	
(D)

	
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage commencement date for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and (C), or a part thereof, to a later date, the Director may suspend the allocation of frequencies to a date he decides on.













	
45.2

	
The Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in the framework of the frequency bands specified in Section 45.1.







 




  





32











  




 









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  














	
45.3

	
In the event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other radiants that can harm the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the Director must, at the Licensee's request, take any reasonable action to find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid interferences.












 


46.           Restriction on Use of Frequencies



	
  

	
The Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in Section 45 only for providing the services under this license.












 


47.           Prevention of Interferences








	
47.1

	
The Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so that no part of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the provisions of the Pharmacists' Regulations (Radioactive Elements and Their Products), 1980, and do everything required, if required, to obtain a permit in accordance with the aforesaid regulations.













	
47.2

	
The Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who will base his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the preparation for a national emergency crisis.













	
47.3

	
The Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular Radio Centersand for the expected use of the frequencies at least 60 days before the operation, and will report to the Director regarding the actual execution, within 7 days of the operation date.













	
47.4

	
The Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as to prevent interferences with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating lawfully. Prior to the activation of any Cellular System, the Licensee will perform tests and measurements for the purpose of preventing electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the Licensee will act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences and also prevent their recurrence, and in the absence of a solution it will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in the operation of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that they stop broadcasting over certain frequencies, throughout the country or in a certain region.













	
47.5

	
The granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan, in no way provides protection against harmonies from other radiants operating lawfully, or other radiants operating outside state territory; however, the Director must make every reasonable effort to find an appropriate solution providing the necessary protection.












 


48.           Preparing to ensure continuity of operations in emergencies


 


 



	
48.1

	
The License Holder will appoint a functionary (including a first deputy and a second deputy) who will be responsible in emergencies for maintaining contact with the Ministry; the License Holder will provide to the Director, once a year, on January 1st, the details of the functionary and his deputies, as well as their contact details.







 



	
48.2

	
The License Holder will be prepared to ensure continuity of operations in emergencies, as specified in Annex D – “Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies”.







 


 


Part D: Inspections and MaintenanceA43)


 




  





33











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










 


49.           Definitions








	
  

	
"Periodical inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed according to the license's provisions, at fixed time intervals and at least once every half year;













	
  

	
"Special inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed due to a maintenance action or repair, following electromagnetic interferences, a malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification, an alteration in the engineering plan or the like;













	
  

	
"Regular inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing basis.

















 


50.           Performance of Inspections








	
50.1

	
The Licensee will carry out periodical inspections on the Cellular System and will submit the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the request.













	
50.2

	
The Licensee will set up and operate a control system for continual monitoring of the performance and functionality of the network, and will perform, on an ongoing basis,    regular inspections of the network or any part thereof, as necessary.













	
50.3

	
The Licensee will perform a regular inspection for quality of the service as detailed in Addendum E, including compliance with relevant ITU-T standards, and will submit the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the request.













	
50.4

	
The Director may instruct the Licensee to perform a special inspection; The Licensee will perform such inspection in the format and at the time specified by the Director and will submit its results to him.













	
50.5

	
The Director or anyone so authorized by him will be allowed to carry out inspections himself, where he deems this to be necessary; The Licensee will permit the Director or anyone so authorized by him access to the installations and the equipment, subject to prior coordination, and will place at his disposal testing equipment used by it or professional manpower employed by it.

















 


51.           Inspections, Malfunctions and Maintenance Log








	
51.1

	
The Licensee will manage an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log (hereinafter – maintenance log), in which details of the malfunctions in and inspections of the network are recorded.













	
51.2

	
The Licensee will keep the maintenance log and enable the Director or a representative authorized by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it or copy it in any manner, and will submit it for inspection by the Director at his request.

















 


52.           Repair of Deficiencies and Defects








	
52.1

	
The Director may, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity in the circumstances of the case to present its case to him, notify the Licensee in writing of deficiencies and defects he found that are affecting the level of the service to Subscribers, the level of survivability and backup of the network or the safety level or interfering with other lawfully operating systems, based on a follow-up of the network’s performance, including by means of Subscribers’ complaints or inspections carried out by him or on the basis of inspection reports, documents and information provided to him by the Licensee.







 




  





34











  






 







	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  














	
52.2

	
The Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the times by which it must correct the deficiencies and defects.













	
52.3

	
In the event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the Director, within the time set for this purpose in the Director's notice, of the correction of the deficiencies and defects, at the level of detail requested by the Director.













	
53.

	
Void.













	
54.

	
Void.












Chapter E: Providing Cellular Services to Subscribers







Part A: Entering into an Agreement with Subscribers







 


55.A43)    The Contract








	
55.1

	
The Licensee will prepare a wording for the contract that it intends to offer its subscribers, and will submit it for the Director’s perusal at his request.













	
55.2

	
The terms of the contract shall not contradict, explicitly or implicitly, the provisions of any law or the provisions of the license: The aforesaid shall not prevent the stipulation of various provisions in the contract that benefit the subscriber compared to the provisions of the law or the license.













	
55.3

	
The contract will be in writing and laid out in a clear manner conducive to reading and comprehension and specifying prominently any term or limitation on the subscriber’s right to cancel the contract or on the Licensee's liability toward the subscriber; Any stipulation in the contract shall be stated explicitly and not by way of reference.








	
  

	
For purposes of this section, “writing” – including an electronic document that can be saved and retrieved by the subscriber.













	
55.4

	
The contract will include, inter alia, in a clear manner, the following:













	 	
(a)A58

	
A first, separate, printed page, setting out the following details, in a clear and precise manner, without any handwritten additions or alterations (hereinafter – the Plan Summary Page):













	
  

	
 

	

(1) Licensee's name or logo, details of the Licensee's representative who executed the contract, date of conclusion of the transaction, subscriber's details including name, identity number, address, telephone number to which the contract relates, additional telephone number of the subscriber for sending notices concerning the rate of utilization of a surfing package as stated in section 75D and a cellular end-equipment model, if included in the contract. Notwithstanding that stated at the beginning of section (a), the details mentioned in this subsection, other than the Licensee's name or logo, can be written in handwriting.















	
  

	
 

	

(2) The duration of the commitment period, if any, and its expiry date. For purposes of this subsection, "commitment" – as this term is defined in section 56.1A.















	
  

	
 

	

(3) All the rates according to which the Licensee will charge the subscriber for the services the subscriber requested to receive when executing the contract, and the amount of every fixed payment, if such are included in the contract.










	
  

	
     The service rates will be presented in a table with two columns – "Name of Service" and "Price of Service."








	
  

	
     With respect to a surfing package, as this term is defined in section 75D – the service unit rate outside the package will be presented in the same values as in the package.







 



 












A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).




 




  





35











  






 








	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  
















	
  

	
(4)

	
The inclusive price of the end-equipment and any accessory to the end-equipment purchased at the time of executing the contract (hereinafter – the equipment), and if the subscriber and the Licensee agreed on payment in installments for the equipment – the amount of each installment.













	
  

	
(5)

	
Any benefit, as this term is defined in section 64A.1, noting the value of the benefit and the exact period of time during which it will be granted.













	
  

	
(6)

	
The method of calculation of the amount the subscriber will be required to pay for a breach of the commitment, as this term is defined in section 56A.1.













	
  

	
(7)

	
With respect to a business subscriber – information on rate increases during the commitment period, if this possibility exists under the terms of the contract, including the date and amount of such increase.













	
  

	
(8)

	
Information on the balance of any payment and/or cancellation of any benefit for end-equipment that was purchased from the Licensee in a previous contract.













	
  

	
(9)

	
The Licensee's undertaking to pay to a subscriber of another cellular licensee who has become a subscriber of the Licensee, the payment such subscriber will be required to make to the other cellular licensee for the breach of his commitment to that cellular licensee, and the manner of spreading such payment.








	
  

	
In this regard, "commitment" – as this term is defined in section 56A.1.













	
(10)

	
The subscriber's declaration that he read the page and that it was provided to him at the time of executing the contract. The subscriber's original signature, as well as the details and original signature of the Licensee's representative who executed the contract, must be appended to the declaration, which will appear at the bottom of the Plan Summary Page.













	
(11)

	
Respecting subsection (a)(1) to (10) – "Subscriber" is any person who entered into an agreement with the Licensee for receipt of cellular mobile radio telephone services for up to twenty five telephone numbers, excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber.A59













	
 (a1) A58

	
(1)

	
A separate, printed page, on which the subscriber will be required to mark his choice as to the accessibility of any telephone number to which the contract relates, to services as set out in Appendix E2 (hereinafter – the Access to Services Form or the form) and to sign by original signature alongside the mark and at the bottom of the formA59; The form will come after the Plan Summary Page.













	
(2)

	
A new Subscriber who did not mark his selection, blocked or open, on the form in the designated spot (hereinafter, the "Selection") and signed against the service appearing on the form as stated in item (1), or did not sign against the service, even if he marked the Selection, or did not mark the Selection and did not sign against the service, shall be blocked from receiving such service.













	
  

	
In this section, "new Subscriber" means a Subscriber who entered into an agreement with the Licensee after September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771).A59













	

(3)



	
 

	
A subscriber may request the Licensee at any time, orally or in writing, to change his choice regarding accessibility to services specified in the form (hereinafter in this section – the subscriber's request). A first change will be made free of charge. The Licensee will implement the subscriber's request only after it has identified the subscriber. The request must be kept available by the Licensee for playing or presenting (as the case may be) to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of request's receipt.








	
  

	
The subscriber's request must be implemented within one working dayA59 from the date of the request.







 


 











A59 Amendment No. 59






A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).




A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59






 




  





36











  






 









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  


















	
  

	
(4)

	
The Licensee will include in the next telephone bill after the date of the subscriber's request a notice concerning the implementation of the request and the date of implementation. Said telephone bill must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of preparation of the account.













	
  

	
(5)

	
The Licensee shall attach to the form two (2) immediate telephone statements sent after September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771) to a Subscriber who is not a new SubscriberA59.













	
  

	
(6)

	
A Subscriber who is not a new Subscriber who failed to transfer to the Licensee his comments on the form by December 13, 2011 (17 Kislev, 5772) will be blocked from receiving the services set forth in section 3 of the form within seven (7) working days of the aforesaid date; Notwithstanding that stated, where a non-new subscriber has not used the services set out in Section 3 of the form starting November 1, 2011 (4 Heshvan 5772) and has not submitted to the Licensee a response to the form by December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772), the Licensee may block his access to said services as of December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772)A64; A non-new subscriber who has submitted to the Licensee a response to the form, will have his access to services blocked or opened in accordance with his request in the form, within one workday of the request's receiptA62; a Subscriber who transferred to the Licensee his comments on the form and failed to mark his Selection and signed alongside the service appearing on the form as stated in subsection (1) shall be blocked from receiving such serviceA59.








	
  

	
The Licensee will notify the subscriber about the block in the next telephone bill after the block. Said telephone bill must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was sent to the subscriber.













	
  

	
(7)

	
The Licensee will publish the form on its website, within seven (7) work days from September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771)A59.













	
  

	
(8)

	
Respecting subsection (a1)(1) to (6) – "Subscriber" - excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber. Notwithstanding the above, the Licensee shall block services at the request of a Pre-Paid Subscriber, to the extent that it comes from a telephone number to which the request refers, or such Subscriber presented before it the end-equipment serving the telephone number forming the subject matter of the request, or in any other manner to the Licensee's satisfaction A59.













	
  

	
(a2)

	
Terms of the service to the subscriber, including quality measures for customer and subscriber service as detailed in section 2 in Addendum E;













	
  

	
(b)

	
Terms for disconnecting from the Licensee’s services or discontinuation of all service A58 terms;













	
  

	
(c)

	
Licensee’s rates for the services for which the subscriber registered, as of the day of the agreement, including the date and terms for termination of the rates program;













	
  

	
(d)

	
Limitation on the rate of arrears interest, linkage differences and collection expenses, as stated in section 80.3;







 


 











A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59





A64 Amendment No. 64





A62 Amendment No. 62





A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).






 




  





37











  






 










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  




















	
  

	
(e)

	
Condition for changing the rate for the service for which the subscriber registered, as stated in section 78.1;













	
  

	
(f)

	
The details set out in sections 61 and 61A regarding the public ombudsman and umpire.













	
  

	
(g)

	
Condition specifying that in case of a contradiction between the provisions relating to the rates and to the basket of services detailed in the contract, and the provisions of the license in this regard, the provisions of the license shall prevail;













	
  

	
(h)

	
Notice concerning the Director’s authority to instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, and a clarification that the subscriber’s engagement with the Licensee under the contract constitutes agreement to such modification.













	
55.5 A58

	
Where a contract is executed in the presence of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber, the Licensee will act as follows:













	 	
(a)

	
Prior to executing the contract, the Licensee's representative will present to the person requesting to be a subscriber of the Licensee (hereinafter in this section – the applicant) a printed copy of the contract, and will allow him to peruse the contract.













	 	
(b)

	
When executing the contract, the applicant and the Licensee's representative must affix their original signature to the contract that was given to the applicant for perusal. Following such signature, the Licensee's representative will give the subscriber a copy of the contract bearing the original signatures of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber.













	 	
(c)

	
After that stated in subsections (a) and (b) has been done, the Licensee's representative may require the subscriber to sign an identical contract to the one signed with original signatures, by electronic means.













	 	
(d)

	
The Licensee must keep in its possession a signed copy of the contract. Said copy must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the date of executing the contract.













	 	
(e)

	
Should the subscriber request to make a change in the terms of the contract, including a request to receive an additional service, to cancel a service or to join a service package – he will be given, at the time of the request for the change, a printed notice bearing the Licensee's name or logo, noting the details of the change that was made, its effective date and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber together with their original signatures. The signed notice must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the subscriber's request was implemented.













	
55.6

	
If the Licensee publishes on its website a tariff plan, including for purchases of cellular end-equipment, such publication will also contain the contract terms pertaining to that tariff plan, including the details appearing on the Plan Summary Page.













	
55.7 A70

	
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 55.5, the Licensee may have a subscriber sign an engagement agreement also through an Electronic Graphic Signature, in lieu of an original signature, and the provisions of appendix E shall apply in this regard in lieu of the provisions of Section 55.5.







 



	
  

	
For this purpose, "Electronic Graphic Signature" – A signature which is saved electronically as a graphic file."







 


 











A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).




 






  





38











  
















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






















	
55A. A58

	
Remote Sales Transaction













	
55A.1

	
In a remote sales transaction, as this term is defined in section 14C of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981 (hereinafter – remote sales transaction), the Licensee will act as follows:













	
(a)

	
A document will be sent to the subscriber which includes all of the details specified in Subsection 55.4(a2) to 55.4(h), the "plan highlights sheet" and the "access to services form", checked in accordance with the subscriber's choices, as orally expressed to a representative of the license holder, or as entered upon performance of the engagement via the internet (the "Terms and Conditions of Engagement Document"). In a remote sale transaction made on the internet, the Terms and Conditions of Engagement Document may omit the full names and signatures of the subscriber and of the license holder's representative who performed the engagement. A69













	
  

	
The Contract Terms Document will be sent to the subscriber by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. A copy of the Contract Terms Document must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of executing the contract. If the Licensee sent the Contract Terms Document via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the document was sent as stated.













	
(b)

	
Should the subscriber request to make a change in any detail of the Contract Terms Document, including a request to receive a service or a service package (in this section – "change")A59 – the Licensee will send to the subscriber a printed notice bearing the Licensee's name or logo, noting the details of the change that was made, its effective date, service or service package tariffA59 and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber. In a remote sale transaction made via the internet, the notice will not include the name of the license holder's representativeA69. The notice must be dept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the subscriber's request was implemented.













	
  

	
The notice will be sent to the subscriber by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. If the Licensee sent the notice via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the notice was sent as stated.













	
(c)

	
Notwithstanding the above, where a Subscriber requested to make a change which does not involve an extension of the term of undertaking of the Subscriber or the creation of such a term, the Licensee shall include in the immediate telephone statement to the date of the request a notice in which the particulars specified in subsection (b) shall be noted, except for the name of the Licensee's representative. For the purpose of this subsection, "undertaking" is within the meaning in section 56.1A of the License.













	
55A.2

	
A69 The license holder may perform a remote sale transaction via the internet, provided that all of the following conditions are fulfilled:








	
  

	
(a)

	
The license holder's website shall clearly include all of the details specified in Subsection 55.4(a2) to 55.4(h), as well as the "plan highlights sheet" and the "access to services form".








	
  

	
(b)

	
The subscriber has declared, by checking the appropriate box on thewebsite, that he has read the information included in the "plan highlights sheet.












 


56. A43)   Modification of Contract


 


 











A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


A69 Amendment No. 69





A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59





A69 Amendment No. 69





A69 Amendment No. 69




 




  





39











  








 











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






















	
56.1

	
The Director may instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity to present its case.













	
56.2

	
If the contract was amended pursuant to the Director’s instructions or pursuant to a decision of the Standard Contracts Court, in the event that the contract was submitted for its approval, the engagement between the Licensee and the subscriber will be in accordance with the amended contract, as from the date of the amendment.













	
56.3

	
The provisions of section 55 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to an amendment of the wording of the contract by the Licensee.












 




	
56A.T47)

	
Period of Commitment under a Contract









 



	
56A.1

	
Where the Licensee entered with a subscriber who is not a business subscriber into a contract that includes a commitment, the period of the commitment may not exceed eighteen (18) months.







 



	
  

	
In this regard, "commitment," – the subscriber's commitment to comply with conditions relating to the scope of consumption of services, the amount of the payment or the payment terms, during a defined period, where noncompliance with such conditions during such period entails a payment, including the return of a benefit or an exit fee.







 



	
56A.2

	
Where the Licensee proposed to a subscriber who is not a business subscriber to enter into a contract that includes a commitment, the Licensee will present to such subscriber a proposal to enter into a contract that does not include a commitment, as a reasonable alternative to contracts that include a commitment. In this regard, a contract containing a "prepaid" plan will not be deemed a reasonable alternative to a plan that includes a commitment. The Licensee will publish on its website the contract that does not include a commitment, including the Plan Summary Page of such contract A58.







 



	
56A.3

	
If the Director finds that the Licensee has violated Section 56A.2, he may direct the Licensee to modify conditions in a contract that does not include a commitment, without thereby derogating from any other power established in the License or in any law. In this regard, the Director will consider, inter alia, the number of subscribers of the Licensee who are signed on contracts that do not include a commitment.








	
57. A43)

	
Void.













	
58. A43)

	
Void.












 


59.           Obligation of Connecting Applicants and Prohibition on Stipulation








	
59.1

	
If the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated in Section 44.2, the Licensee will connect any applicant to the cellular network no later than the date set in the contract with the subscriber, unless the Director has authorized the Licensee not to connect the applicant, under circumstances he deems justified. A2)













	
59.2

	
The Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable, discriminatory or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing:













	
  

	
The Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from it or from its designee;







 


 











T47) Amendment No. 47.





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





 




  





40











  






 











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  


















 







	
  

	
The Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services from it for the end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession;













	
  

	
The Licensee may not stipulate or condition cellular services, service conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellular end-user equipment from it or from any other.







59.3                 Void. A1)







Part B: Service Level for Subscribers







 


60.A16)    Obligation of Maintaining the Service








	
60.1

	
The Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services detailed in the First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in the schedule, and will maintain all its services all year round, around the clock, both in times of calm and in times of an emergency, subject to Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements and service quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the first schedule to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to the license. In the event of a contradiction between the First Schedule and Addendum E to the license's Second Schedule, the provisions of Addendum E to the Second Schedule will prevail.













	
60.2

	
Without derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide cellular services and a service package, as this term is defined in Section 73A, to every applicant, under equal and non-discriminatory terms and at a non-discriminatory rate.













	
60.3

	
If the Director has found that the service package is liable to harm competition or the consumers, he will notify the Licensee thereof, indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop offering its subscribers the service package.













	
60.4

	
If the Licensee provides any cellular service to any person or organization, for payment, the service must be available to any subscriber throughout the network coverage area, complying with the minimal requirements as regards service quality, without discrimination, within 24 months of the date of commencing provision of the service for payment.













	
60.5

	
The Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee limitations on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that there is a real difficulty in providing the service to anyone that requests it, and that the specific features of the service possess a unique and exceptional flavor justifying this.













	
60.6A43)









	 	
(a)A58

	
The Licensee may not provide, with or without consideration, any of its services not explicitly requested by the subscriber, except for a service given free of charge to all the subscribers, and it may not allow the provision of a service of a service provider not explicitly requested by the subscriber.










	 	
  

	
For purposes of this section, “service provider” – anyone providing a service through the network, for which payment is made by means of the telephone bill.













	
  

	
(b)

	
A58 An explicit request may be made in one of the following ways:













	
  

	
(1)

	
By a document signed by the subscriber and sent to the Licensee;








	
  

	
(2)

	
By an email message sent by the subscriber to the Licensee;








	
  

	
(3)

	
In a phone call between the subscriber and the Licensee's representative;








	
  

	
(4)

	
By an SMS message sent from the subscriber to the Licensee;








	
  

	
(5)

	
By ordering a service on the website of the Licensee or a service provider. Ordering of the service shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Appendix F to the License.A61







 









A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).



A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





 




  





41











  






 











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 

 























	
  

	
(c)

	
The Licensee will keep documentation on the subscriber's explicit request throughout the subscriber's commitment period, and where the subscriber is not in a commitment period, during the last eighteen (18) months at least, and also during a year after the date of sending the final bill to the subscriber, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E.A61 The documentation must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of the subscriber's explicit request.













	
  

	
In this regard – "documentation":








	
  

	
For purposes of subsection (b)(1) – a copy of the document;








	
  

	
For purposes of subsection (b)(2) – a printout of the email message;








	
  

	
For purposes of subsection (b)(3) – a recording of the phone call;








	
  

	
For purposes of subjection (b)(4) – a copy of the subscriber's telephone bill in which the details of the SMS sent by the subscriber appear in the "itemized list of calls."








	
  

	
For purposes of subsection (b)(5) – for purposes of subsection (b)(5) – a log printout from the Licensee's short message service center (SMSC1), detailing the fact of the sending of the two SMS messages from the Licensee to the subscriber during the service ordering process. If the service was ordered on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal by means of a user code and password as stated in section 1.3 in Appendix F to the License – a log printout from the SMSC testifying to the execution of the service ordering process, and a log printout of the log-in of the user code and password by the subscriberA61.













	
  

	
A memorandum entered by the Licensee's representative in the Licensee's information systems does not constitute documentation.













	
60.7A63

	
Without derogating from that stated in section 26.3, the Licensee may not discontinue the provision of cellular services through a system that has become technologically obsolete, until after that stated in Appendix K-1 is fulfilled.













	
60.7 A58

	
The Licensee may not collect payment from a subscriber for a service, unless it has documentation on the subscriber's explicit request to receive the service.













	
 60.8 A58

	
A subscriber who was debited for a service and notifies the Licensee that he did not request to receive the service, will be refunded the full amount collected from him as payment for the service, where the Licensee has no documentation on the subscriber's explicit request to receive the service. The subscriber's contestations and the refund will be handled in accordance with the provisions on "excess charges" in section 83A of the License.

















61.A43) Public Ombudsman








	
61.1

	
The Licensee will appoint a person to handle complaints of the public (“the Ombudsman”), having the following responsibilities:













	
  

	
(a)

	
Clarifying subscribers’ complaints in connection with the Licensee’s services, including the complaint of someone applying to receive a service.













	
  

	
(b)

	
Clarifying subscribers’ complaints in connection with bills that were submitted by the Licensee, and deciding in regard thereto.







 












A61 Amendment No. 61



A61 Amendment No. 61





a Short Message Service Center.





A61 Amendment No. 61





A63 Amendment No. 63 - Mistake in the original language





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).






 




  





42











  

















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION































	
  

	
The Public Ombudsman will respond in writing to complaints as stated that were submitted in writing.













	
  

	
The Licensee will keep a copy of the complaint and of the written response that was sent to the subscriber. Said copies must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of sending the response A58.













	
61.2

	
The Public Ombudsman will act according to a policy to be set by the Licensee’s management.













	
61.3

	
The Licensee will render the Public Ombudsman all the assistance required by him for filling his function.













	
61.4

	
The Licensee will notify every subscriber regarding the possibility of submitting a complaint to the Public Ombudsman, the powers of the Public Ombudsman and the ways of applying to him. The contents of this sub-section shall be included in the contract, in the bill sent to the subscriber and on the Licensee’s website.












 



61A. A43)Umpiring of Disputes










	
61A.1

	
The contract will stipulate that any disagreements arising between the Licensee and a subscriber in connection with the interpretation or performance of the contract, shall be submitted for clarification to the Licensee’s Public Ombudsman.













	
61A.2

	
The contract will specify that an application to the Public Ombudsman under section 61A.1 shall not:













	
  

	
(a)

	
Prevent the subscriber a priori from bringing his case before a competent court;













	
  

	
(b)

	
Derogate from the Licensee’s authority to act in accordance with the provisions of section 72 regarding the discontinuation of all service A58 or disconnection of a service owing to a breach of the contract.












 


62.           Obligation of Maintenance








	
62.1

	
The Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular System.













	
62.2

	
If a subscriber purchased cellular end-user equipment from the Licensee or from its designee, and the purchase agreement included maintenance services, the LicenseeA43) will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment, however the LicenseeA43) will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer, unless agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber.A2)













	
  

	
If, in order to receive cellular services, the subscriber used cellular end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from its designee, the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this end-user equipment, but may enter into an agreement with the subscriber for providing maintenance services also for said equipment.


















	
63.A56 

	
Call Center







 


 











A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A56 Amendment No. 56






 




  





43











  




 














	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 





















	
  

	
63.1

	
The Licensee will operate a manned call center for receiving calls of its subscribers. The Licensee will also operate additional means that allow its subscribers to turn to it for information and inquiries, all as set forth in Appendix E to the License.







 



	
  

	
63.2

	
The call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having the appropriate competence for handling calls, and if a complaint has been received regarding a malfunction that led to termination of all cellular services to a subscriber, said personnel will act immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking steps to immediately correct it.







 



	
  

	
63.3

	
The Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the malfunction, as stated in section 63.2, and the steps taken to correct it, all as stated in section 51







 


 


64.          End-user equipment – Selling and Renting



	
  

	
The Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellular end-user equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System, provided it complies with the following:













	
  

	
The Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellular end-user equipment from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to buy the equipment from the Licensee in order to receive cellular services;













	
  

	
The Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for cellular end-user equipment on the very receipt of cellular services from the Licensee, and will notify the subscriber that he may receive maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any person, including the end-user equipment purchased or rented from the Licensee.


















	
64A. T53

	
Grant of Benefit to Subscriber













	
64A.1 T53

	
The licensee shall not create any link between any benefit whatsoever for mobile radio-telephone services it granted to a subscriber, including any credit, discount, special tariff program, basket of services etc. (hereinafter referred to in this section as “Benefit”) and the fact that the mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession was purchased, hired or received from the licensee or any other marketer on its behalf. As part of this, the licensee shall offer an identical Benefit to that offered by it at the time the subscriber receives, purchases or hires from it a specific model of mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment for each subscriber using mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment with similar characteristics to the aforesaid model and which shall be granted to the subscriber in the course of a period of not less than the period in which a monetary credit was granted to the subscriber purchasing terminal equipment from the licensee, pursuant to the following rules:













	
  

	
(a)

	
To the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession is identical to the model marketed by the licensee at the time the subscriber approaches the licensee, the licensee shall offer the subscriber an identical Benefit to that granted by it to any person purchasing from it the aforesaid model, in reliance on the confirmation of purchase presented to it by the subscriber;







 


 










T53) Amendment No. 53.



T53) Amendment No. 53.






 




  





44











  






 













	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW    



  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION



























 



	
  

	
 (b)

	
To the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession is not marketed by the licensee at the time the subscriber approaches the licensee, the licensee shall grant the subscriber a Benefit according to the terminal equipment classification determined in advance by the licensee and in reliance on the confirmation of purchase presented to it by the subscriber;












In this subsection -







“Terminal equipment classification” means the division of terminal equipment models not marketed by the licensee into no more than six categories, and determination of the amount and the terms and conditions of the Benefit to be granted in relation to each of the categories; this is according to the amount and terms and conditions of the Benefit granted by the licensee in relation to terminal equipment models marketed by it which are models of devices having similar characteristics;








	
  

	
(c)

	
At the time of calculating the period in which the Benefit will be granted under subsections (a) or (b), the licensee may take into account the date on which the terminal equipment was purchased by the subscriber, as appears in the confirmation of purchase.







 







In this section, “confirmation of purchase” means any certificate attesting to purchase of the terminal equipment, including, inter alia, the date of purchase and the amount paid.








	
64A.2 T53

	
The licensee shall present updated information on its website about the terminal equipment classification made by it.”







 







 


65.           Public Emergency Services








	
65.1A21)

	
The Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, for all its subscribers, free and rapid access to public emergency services such as: Magen David Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire Station.













	
65.2A42)

	
Starting from April 5, 2007 (“the inception day”) the Licensee will enable the call centers of the public emergency systemsb to identify the telephone number of a subscriber calling themc, anytime and at no charge, including a subscriber with a confidential telephone number, a subscriber who blocked his number before the call and a subscriber calling from a private exchange.













	
  

	
The Licensee may do the aforesaid through a licensee that routes the call to the public emergency system.













	
  

	
Not later than two days before the inception dayA44) the Licensee will notify all its subscribers, clearly, in writing, that starting from the inception day it will be possible for the call centers of the public emergency systems to identify the subscriber’s telephone number, and it will notify in writing any subscriber requesting a “confidential number” – that the number is not confidential with respect to calls to the call centers of the public emergency systems.








	
  

	
 







 


65AA21)                      Blocking Service to a Nuisance Subscriber


 


 











T53) Amendment No. 53.





b Israel Police – 100, Magen David Adom – 101, Fire Station - 102





c Excluding a subscriber that his end user equipment permits dialing only to the call centers of the public emergency systems, such as a non SIM card cellphone in a GSM network




 






  





45











  



















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 

























	
65.1A

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance subscriber's access to the public emergency service. If blockage of public emergency service alone is not technically possible, then the Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to all the cellular services. As regards this section, a "nuisance subscriber" denotes a subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no justifiable reason, more than 10 times during one whole day, using the end-user equipment in his possession.













	
65.2A

	
A notice regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the Licensee by a senior employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter – the employee) and will be corroborated by an affidavit signed by the employee (hereinafter – the complaint). The complaint will include, inter alia, the name of the nuisance subscriber, his telephone number, insofar as these are known to the complainant, as well as a specification of the contact times of the nuisance subscriber, and the content of the call showing that the contact was made without any justifiable reason. If the complaint does not include the telephone number of the nuisance subscriber, the Licensee will act in a reasonable fashion, to identify the nuisance subscriber based on the data provided in the complaint.













	
65.3A

	
The Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to the emergency service as stated in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber advance warning. The notice will be given 3 workdays before the date of service blockage, in one of the following ways:













	
  

	
A.

	
A phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;













	
  

	
B.

	
An SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;













	
  

	
C.

	
Delivery of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid subscriber and his address is unknown.













	
65.4A

	
Blockage of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose address is unknown will be done no later than one full day from the time of receiving a complaint or identification as stated in Section 65.2A.













	
65.5A

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public emergency service to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as these emerge from the explanation given by the subscriber to the Licensee, show that the contacting was justified and that he should not be deemed a nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director, within 10 workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance subscriber.













	
65.6A

	
In the event it blocked the nuisance subscriber's access to emergency calls, the Licensee may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also collect payment from him for removing the block.













	
65.7A

	
The Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a written undertaking not to repeat his nuisance calls in the future.













	
65.8A

	
The Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified, how the notice was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in a case where a notice was not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning for not giving the notice. Likewise, a record will be kept concerning the removal of the block.













	
65.9A

	
The Licensee will specify, in the framework of the nuisance subscribers report as stated in Section 104(B)A43), the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to the public emergency service or to all the cellular services was blocked under this section, and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number of subscribers that were not blocked under this section and the reasons for this.








	  





 


65.B “Personal Message” Service A75



	
65.1B

	
The license holder will provide a personal message service (in this section: the “Service”), at any time and free of charge, to all of its subscribers, including to subscribers of another license holder, owners of end equipment which supports the Service (in this section: “Subscribers”), and in accordance with the “personal message” service file.







 




  





46











  






 














	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





























 


For purposes of this section:


“Another License Holder” – another Cellular license holder who receives service through national roaming or a cellular license holder on another network which receives service through a hosting agreement on the license holder’s network;


“Personal Message” – A short instruction, notification and warning of the Defense Agencies, sent immediately, selectively and in a focused manner to subscribers with CMR end equipment which supports use of cell broadcast (“CB”) technology.


“Defense Agencies” – Representatives of the Ministry of Defense and the Home Front Command which are responsible for the personal message system;


““Personal Message” Service File” – A service file approved by the Director, including amendments that shall be made to the service file.



	
65.2B

	
For the purpose of performance of the provisions of Section 65.1B, the license holder shall act as stated in the First Schedule and in the service file regarding this Service and as follows:








	
(a)

	
Adaptation of the network and its components so as to support the provision of a personal message service, with the exception of the network components operating with iDEN or CDMA technology;







 



	
(b)

	
Assistance and allocation of resources for the performance of work to connect the Defense Agencies’ personal message system to the network;







 



	
(c)

	
Operation and maintenance of the components of the Service on the network, according to written instructions that shall be presented to the Defense Agencies; without derogating from the aforesaid, the Defense Agencies may instruct the license holder to modify such instructions, but the same does not derogate from the license holder’s responsibility for the repair and connection of the network;







 



	
(d)

	
Performance of technical trials to examine the integration between the system and the network and carrying out drills of the operation of the network and the system, in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry and the Defense Agencies.







 



	
65.3B

	
The license holder shall report to the Defense Agencies on any gap in the capability to provide the Service, and will act to restore capability as soon as possible, in accordance with written operation procedures that shall be formulated thereby and presented to the Defense Agencies.







Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Defense Agencies may instruct the license holders to modify the operation procedures, should it find them lacking, although such an instruction does not derogate from the license holder’s responsibility as stated above.



	
65.4B

	
The license holder shall notify the Defense Agencies in advance of any change in the network which may affect availability to provide the Service.








	
65.5B

	
The license holder shall not make commercial use of the CB function without the Defense Agencies’ knowledge, at least 30 days in advance before operation of the Service, and the Defense Agencies may notify it, in writing, within 15 days, of its objection to provision of the Service or conditions to provision of the Service as aforesaid, in which case, the license holder will not operate the Service, or may operate the same only according to the conditions determined by the Defense Agencies, as the case may be.







The aforesaid does not obviate the license holder’s obligation to receive the Director’s approval for the Service as aforesaid.


65.6B      The license holder will assist in launching the Service to its subscribers in all of the following ways:



	
(a)

	
By written information on the company’s website;







 



	
(b)

	
By direct marketing to subscribers through the monthly invoice upon the launch of the Service;







 




  





47











  






 














	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


   


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 

























	
(c)

	
By responding to subscribers’ requests to select the definitions required in his cellular end equipment. With respect to cellular end equipment models which were not marketed by the license holder, the license holder will make a reasonable effort to provide a solution for such subscribers;







 



	
(d)

	
The license holder will allow the Defense Agencies to make reasonable use of its existing distribution channels for the purpose of informing the subscribers of the Service.












 


66.A16)     Protecting Subscriber Privacy








	
66.1

	
Without derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The Privacy Protection Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding of an individual's privacy, the Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or any other communication of the subscriber without the written permission of the subscriber, except for the purpose of controlling the quality and standard of the service or for preventing frauds.













	
66.2

	
Subject to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and designees may not disclose lists or documents containing the name and address of a subscriber or any other information pertaining to him, including account details, phone call traffic, call durations and destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to anyone empowered by the subscriber for this purpose.













	
66.3

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the following:













	
  

	
(A)

	
To give the subscriber's details to another licensee for the purpose of collecting monies owed  him by the subscriber in respect of services it provided him through the network, provided that the information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers' privacy;













	
  

	
(B)

	
To transfer a subscribers' details to another, insofar as the particulars are in its possession, by lawful authority.












 


66A.T3)    Special Services for the Security Forces








	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I and in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum LA12).













	
  

	
(A1)A12) The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director informed in writing, to realize, subject to any law, their powers with respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the license, and will be responsible for the maintenance, proper functioning, and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required for realizing said execution capability, all in coordination with the security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will bear the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the Law.













	
  

	
(B)

	
The Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded A12) in accordance with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding records to be laid down by the Licensee in conjunction with the security officer of the "General Security Service."













	
  

	
(C)

	
The Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State, by virtue of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or by virtue of any law, in respect of the very execution of the special services for the security forces.







 


 










T3) Amendment No. 3




  





48











  




















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION































 


66B.A12)Security Provisions








	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the provisions of the Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and rigorously follow the security provisions detailed in the Addendum M to the license.













	
  

	
(B)

	
The Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation documents and in its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only a person who meets the conditions set out below will be appointed and serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum M to the license:













	
  

	
(1)

	
An Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and a resident of Israel;













	
  

	
(2)

	
Was given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there is no prevention to his serving as stated.













	
  

	
(C)

	
The Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces' operations, and act according to the security directives of those same security forces, including in the matter of the appropriate security classification for officers and holders of important functions working for the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining to activities involving the security forces.













	
  

	
(D)

	
The Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its components and the databases used for providing services, and for operating and controlling the network in the face of activities carried out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions detailed in Addendum M to the license.

















 


67.           Bills to Subscribers








	
67.1A16)

	
A bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear, succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain an accurate breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types of payments and the rules specified in Chapter F.













	
67.2

	
Void A58.













	
67.3

	
The Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through another, including through Bezeq.













	
 67.4A34)

	
(A)

	
Without derogating from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262, concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in telephone bills (hereinafter – "the Standard").













	
  

	
(B)

	
Subsection (A) constitutes a "service condition," as concerns Section 37B(a)(1) of the Law.













	
  

	
(C)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (A) -













	
  

	
(1)

	
Regarding the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method will apply as follows:













	
  

	
(a)

	
An amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.







 


 










A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).






 




  





49










 







	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 











	
  

	
(b)

	
An amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in three digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five hundredths of an agora (four digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.








	
  

	
(2)

	
The Licensee may present any amount included in the bill with a breakdown exceeding that required by the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, provided the rounding off method stated in Subsection (C)(1) above will apply thereto.













	
  

	
(3)

	
The price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be presented in the bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per minute, computed by dividing the payment amount for that same call by the its total number of minutes.













	
  

	
In this paragraph, "changing rate" denotes a rate that varies in the course of the call according to various criteria, such as a rate that diminishes with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition from a "peak period" to a "slack period" in the course of the call or vice versa.













	
  

	
(4)

	
In addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4 of the Standard regarding service packages, the bill will contain a breakdown of the services included in the package, along with the overall rate paid for the package as a whole.













	
  

	
In this paragraph, "service package" denotes several services marketed to the subscriber as a single package, in return for an overall rate (and without a breakdown of the payment for each component separately).













	
  

	
(D)

	
(1)

	
Chapter B in the Standard concerning due disclosure in telephone bills will come into effect no later than Friday, October 14, 2005.














	 	
(2)

	
Chapter C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no later than Sunday, January 14, 2006.















	
67.5 T52

	
A bill submitted to a private subscriber shall also be drawn up according to the provisions of Appendix E 1 (hereinafter referred to in this section as the “Private Subscriber Billing Format”).













	
67A.5 A58

	
A bill submitted to a business subscriber will include the same details as in subsections 9b(1) to 9b(4) in Appendix E1 to the License.













	
  

	
In this section, 'business subscriber' – excluding the subscribers specified in subsections (b) and (d) of the definition of 'business subscriber' in section 1 of the License.












67.6 T52



	
  

	
A business subscriber may request that the licensee furnish him with a telephone bill in Private Subscriber Billing Format (hereinafter referred to in this section as a “Request”). Where a subscriber has requested as aforesaid, the licensee shall begin to send him the bill according to the aforesaid format by no later than the expiration of two billing periods after the date of the Request. The licensee shall publish once every six months a notice in the telephone bill submitted to the business subscriber according to which the business subscriber may demand that the licensee draw up the telephone bill submitted to him according to the Private Subscriber Billing Format. A business subscriber may also request from the Licensee a written explanation regarding the method of calculating a 'onetime debit.' The Licensee will submit to the business subscriber such written explanation regarding a 'onetime debit' within thirty (30) days from when the subscriber submitted a request in the matter to the customer service center or to the public ombudsman A58.







 


 











T52) Amendment No. 52.





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





T52) Amendment No. 52.





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).










  





50











  




 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 









 


67.7 T52







	
  

	
The bill shall be sent to the address registered at the licensee or any other address delivered by the subscriber to the licensee or by any other means, if the subscriber has granted his express prior consent thereto; the licensee may demand any payment whatsoever for the issue and mailing of the bill to the subscriber. The licensee may demand reasonable payment for “Call Details” sent to the subscriber at his demand.”













	
67.8 A58

	
If the payment specified in the telephone bill is made by standing order or credit card, the payment will not be executed before the expiry of eight (8)A59 days from the day on which the telephone bill was sent to the subscriber.












 


67A.A16) Information Service for Clarifying Telephone NumbersT39)                                                                                                                                








	
67.1A

	
Without derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or of a Cellular System operator, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber (hereinafter – "information service"), as follows:













	
(A)

	
For the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the service will be provided;








	
  

	
(B)

	
For its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a network access code set by the Director;








	
  

	
(C)

	
The information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means based on the same information characteristics to be provided by the subscriber applying to receive the service.













	
67.2A

	
Without derogating from that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee will provide to the general public and at no charge, by itself or through another, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of any subscriber, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a national access code set by the Director.







 



	
67.3A

	
In addition to that stated in Sections 67.1A and 67.2A, the Licensee may offer, at a reasonable price, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service, by any other means, including by means of a national access code or by means of an SMS.













	
67.4A

	
In order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and 67.3A:








	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or cellular system operator (hereinafter – "another licensee"), or to receive information from the database of another licensee by any other method and with the consent of the other licensee, all subject to the duty of safeguarding the subscriber's privacy;













	
  

	
(B)

	
In order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under its general license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to the Licensee's database;













	
  

	
(C)

	
The Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name, address or telephone number of a subscriber that was added, altered or removed, will be updated in the database within one workday following execution of the update in the Licensee's system being used to provide telephony services.












As regards this section –



	
  

	
"Database" denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including a subscriber that is a business.







 


 










T52) Amendment No. 52.



A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A59 Amendment No. 59





A39) Amendment No. 39






 




  





51










 








	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 











 









	
67.5A

	
(A)

	
The Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his details in the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee will include his details in the database.













	
  

	
(B)

	
The Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to remain ID-restricted, free of charge.








	
  

	
In this subsection, a "new subscriber" denotes a subscriber who has signed a contract with the Licensee after the commencement date as stated in Section 67.7A.













	
67.6A

	
(A)

	
The terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone numbers, given under Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee, provided they are fair and non-discriminatory, including as regards the order of the data presented to the user of the service. The service will be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom Kippur. In this subsection, "order of the data presented" – Insofar as the answer to the service user's query comprises several different data, the requested data will be presented to the service user in random order.













	
  

	
(B)

	
The response in respect of the information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.2A will be given within a reasonable time. If the Director sees that the waiting times for the service are not reasonable, he may establish response time indexes.













	
  

	
(C)

	
An information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.1A(B) and an information service using a phone center, the access to which is effected by means of a national access code as stated in Section 67.3A, will comply with the service indexes specified below:








	
  

	
(1)

	
At any time, in the event of a heavy service call load6, the number of inquirers receiving service should not be less than 90%;








	
  

	
(2)

	
The average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving service7 should not exceed  30 seconds;








	
  

	
(3)

	
The maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the service should not exceed 60 seconds.













	
67.7A

	
Section 67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007, except for Subsection 67.1A(a), which will go into effect on March 15, 2007 (“the commencement date”), and except for Section 67.2AA45), which will go into effect at the time of signing this amendment.













	
67.8A

	
The Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another licensee, will advertise all the information services for clarifying telephone numbers given free of charge by the Licensee, as well as the national access codes allocated to the cellular service licensees for providing the service ("free information services"). The advertising should include at least the following:













	
  

	
(A)

	
The Licensee's website;













	
  

	
(B)

	
At least once every half year, the Licensee will attach, in the framework of the bill submitted to the subscriber, a separate information sheetA43) regarding the free information services, which will not include any other information, starting from the first bill submitted to the subscriber following the commencement date.













	
  

	
(C)

	
At least four (4) times during the first year following the commencement date, the Licensee will run large, prominent ads in at least the 3 largest Hebrew language newspapers, and in the largest newspaper in Arabic, in English and in Russian, as well as in the largest economic newspaper. These ads will include no other information. The first ad in all the aforesaid newspapers, except for the economic newspaper, will be on the first Friday after the commencement date or on the following one, and in the economic newspaper it will run on the first Tuesday after the commencement date or on the following one, regarding the free information services.







 


 











6 Busy Hour Call Attempts





7 Start of receiving service – the beginning of the response by a center operator or of an IVR system, which ask the inquirer for the information needed to find the requested phone number and the like.






 




  





52











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION















 


Without derogating from the foregoing, the Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the manner and format for advertising the information services.







 


67B.A43)Void.







 


67C.A16)Service Dossier








	
67C.1

	
If the Licensee wishes to operate a service included in the list of services in the First Schedule and marked “future”, it must notify the Director of this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the date on which it plans to begin providing the service.













	
67C.2

	
If the Licensee wishes to operate a service not included in the list of services in the First Schedule which it intends to provide to any recipient of its services, it must notify the Director of this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the intended date for commencement of provision of the new service.













	
67C.3

	
The Director will notify the Licensee within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the Licensee’s notice as stated in sections 67C.1 and 67C.2, whether it is allowed to commence provision of the service or whether it must submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, as a condition for commencement of the service.













	
67C.4

	
The Licensee will submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, at his request; If the Licensee fails to submit a service dossier as instructed by the Director, or if the Director does not approve the service dossier, the Licensee shall not commence provision of the service.













	
67C.5

	
The Director will give a decision regarding the service dossier that was submitted to him within sixty (60) days from when the Licensee has submitted to the Director all the documents and information requested by him for the purpose of approving the service dossier. In special cases, the Director may extend the times set in this section, by a written, explanatory notice to be given to the Licensee.













	
67C.6

	
The Director may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a service dossier for an existing service regarding which no service dossier was previously required, and he may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a new service dossier for a service regarding which a service dossier was approved in the past.













	
67C.7

	
The service dossier will be submitted to the Director in the format and at the time specified by the Director and will include, inter alia, the following: the name of the service; a detailed description of the service and the manner in which it is provided; the service rate, and an engineering description, all as set out in the First Schedule; The Director may give instructions on additional matters which are to be included in the service dossier.













	
67C.8

	
If the service dossier is approved, the Licensee will provide the service according to the terms of the approved dossier, and the approved service dossier will be deemed an integral part of the license.













	
67C.9

	
The Licensee will advertise an approved service dossier, with details and in the manner specified by the Director, and the Director may advertise it himself, provided he does not do so until after the Licensee has begun providing the service. The advertising will not include information comprising a trade secret, which was identified as such by the Licensee and attached to the service dossier as a separate addendum marked as a trade secret.













	
67C.10

	
Any new service which the Licensee begins to provide pursuant to this section will be deemed a part of the First Schedule; The Director will update the First Schedule from time to time.













	
67C.11

	
The provisions of this section will apply, mutatis mutandis, to a trial using the Licensee’s network.














  





53











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




67D.A24)Erotic Service



	
  

	
An erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.








	
  

	
As regards this section –








	
  

	
"Erotic service" – as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.












 


67D1 Premium Service A81


 









	 	
67.1D1

	
The license holder may provide premium services in one of the following two ways:







 



	 	
(1)

	
A premium service, the payment for which is charged according to a premium tariff and is collected through the telephone bill, shall be provided according to the provisions of Annex P;







 



	 	
(2)

	
A premium service, the payment for which is charged according to a regular tariff (in this subsection: the “Service”), will be provided as follows:













	 	
(a)

	
As an inter-network service through a network access code;









 



	 	
(b)

	
By dialing a landline number, access to which will be enabled for every subscriber of a general license holder's subscriber.









 



For purposes of this section:


 


“Landline Number” – A numbering format of geographic numbers and landline national numbers or a numbering format of an asterisk and four digits (*XXXX), as defined in the numbering plan.


 


“Premium Service” and “Regular Tariff” as defined in Annex P.”




 


 



67E.T60)Domestic Roaming




 



	
  

	
67E.1

	
The Licensee provide by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service for the subscribers of the roaming to the network of the host operator, as set forth below.







 



	
  

	
67E.2

	
Licensee's preparations







 


The Licensee shall prepare for the implementation of domestic roaming in accordance with all of the following:


 



	 	
(a)

	
The provisions of Appendix C, in the Second Schedule.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The provisions of the Law and the License concerning provision of the possibility of utilization of its network, and specifically sections 30 to 30C of the License, mutatis mutandis.







 



	
  

	
67E.3

	
Operating arrangement







 


 










A60) Amendment No. 60



A81 Amendment No. 81






 




  





54











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 











	
  

	
(a)

	
If a roaming licensee notifies the Licensee, after notifying the Minister of its failure to reach agreement with any existing licensees on the conditions for the provision of roaming services as stated in section 5B(b)(1) of the Law, that it has chosen the Licensee for the receipt of domestic roaming services (in this subsection "notice"), the Licensee and the roaming operator shall forward to the Director the engineering and operating details agreed between them with respect to the implementation of domestic roaming ("operating arrangement"), within three months from the date of sending of the notice. In addition, said operators shall include engineering or operating details as required for maintaining domestic roaming, which were not included in the operating arrangement due to disagreements, should any arise.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Matters in disagreement as stated in paragraph (a) above, should there be any, shall be decided by the Director. The Director's instructions in this regard shall form an integral part of the operating arrangement.







 



	
  

	
67E.4

	
Starting date for implementation of domestic roaming








A host licensee shall begin providing domestic roaming services in accordance with the operating arrangement no later than three months after the date on which the roaming licensee presented to the host licensee the Minister's approval as stated in section 5B(b)(2) of the Law.




 


67F. A66                      International roaming service through a network of a mobile phone operator in a neighboring country


 


67F.1           The license holder will act so as that in an area in which there is reception which allows an proper call to be made, both from the network and from a network of a mobile phone operator in a neighboring country, the subscriber will receive mobile phone service through the network. The license holder will perform the action itself, without the need for any action on the part of the subscriber.


 


67F.2           The license holder will block the possibility of a subscriber receiving international roaming service through a network of a mobile phone operator in a neighboring country (the "Service"), unless the subscriber shall have explicitly requested to receive the Service, and after it shall have been explained to him that in the framework of receipt of the Service, the terminal equipment in his possession may unintentionally roam near the border with a neighboring country, to a mobile phone network in a neighboring country, and he shall have been given information regarding the Service tariffs; if a subscriber requests to receive the Service as aforesaid:


 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The license holder will explain to him how he is able to choose, manually, through the terminal equipment in his possession, the mobile phone network from which he shall receive the Service;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The license holder will allow the subscriber to choose whether to block access to receipt of a data communications service through a mobile phone network of a neighboring country.







 



	
  

	
67F.3

	
In this section,

	
"Neighboring Country" -

	
Jordan and Egypt;







 



	 	
"Proper Call" -

	
A call made according to the minimum reception definitions set forth in international standards according to which the network operates.













	 	
67G. A67

	
Offensive content and sites







 


 


 











A66 Amendment No. 66





A67 Amendment No. 67






 




  





55











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 





	
  

	
67G.1

	
The license holder will notify its subscribers of offensive sites and offensive content, as defined in Section 4.i of the law, as stated in Section 4.i(b)(1) of the law; such notice shall be given in the manner set forth in Section 4.i(c) of the law.








	
  

	
67G.2

	
The license holder will notify its subscribers of the existence of content on the internet which is inappropriate for children and youth (for example pornographic sites), and will include a specification of the ways in which the access of children and youth to such content may be blocked; such notice shall be given in all of the ways listed in Section 4.i(c) of the law.








	
          67G.3

	
The license holder will offer its subscribers, in all of the ways listed in Section 4.i(c) of the law, an effective service to filter offensive sites and offensive content, for no charge additional to the payment it collects from him for the internet access service, all as stated in Section 4.i(d) of the law, provided that such service shall be based on an analysis of the information and not according to a "black list" of sites only.












Part C: Termination, Delay or Restriction of Service







 


68.          Definitions








	
  

	
In this part –








	
  

	
'Disconnection of service' – Temporary discontinuation of cellular system service to a subscriber;








	
  

	
'Termination of all service' – Full termination of all the Licensee's services to the subscriber A58;








	
  

	
'Termination of a service' – Full termination of one of the Licensee's services to the subscriber A58.












 


69.          Prohibition on the Termination or Disconnection of Service



	
  

	
The Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and other services, which the Licensee must provide under this license, unless that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section 48.












 


70.           Disconnection of Service at Subscriber's Request








	
70.1

	
A subscriber may ask the Licensee for a temporary disconnection of service for a period no less than thirty days and no longer than ninety days (hereinafter – disconnection period). The subscriber's request will be made in writing, and may be done through the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession, provided that the Licensee has verified the request's credibility by a return call to the subscriber's cellular system end-user equipment or by any other reliable way.













	
70.2

	
The Licensee will effect the disconnection of service no later than the workday following the day of the request's submittal.













	
70.3

	
The Licensee will resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession at the end of the disconnection period. If the subscriber requests, in a written notice, to resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession before the end of the disconnection period, the Licensee will resume the services no later than the workday following the day on which the subscriber's notice was submitted.












 



	
71.

	
Discontinuation of Service at a Subscriber's Request







 



	
71.1

	
A subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue service or discontinue all service A58 to the cellular end-user equipment in his possession. For this purpose, a subscriber may communicate with the Licensee in writing, including by fax or by email T48).







 










A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).






 




  





56











  






 




	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  




 



	
71.2

	
The Licensee will discontinue a service or discontinue all service not later than the work day after the date specified by the subscriber in his notice. If the subscriber did not specify a date, the service or all service will be discontinued not later than the work day after the date of delivery of the notice to the Licensee A58.







 



	
71.3T48)

	
The Licensee will publish on its website, and in the bill sent by it to the subscriber, the fax number and the email address through which the subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue a service.







 



	
71.4 A58

	
The Licensee will send the subscriber a written notice concerning the discontinuation of a service or the discontinuation of all service, within one work day after the discontinuation was effected. The notice will contain, inter alia, the date of effecting of the discontinuation, and in a notice of discontinuation of all service also the last date for sending the final bill, as stated in subsection 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E to the License (hereinafter – the final bill). Such notice will be sent by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. Where the subscriber submitted a request to discontinue a service or to discontinue all service at a service station of the Licensee, the Licensee's representative will give him the aforesaid written notice at the time of the submission of the request.







 



	
  

	
A copy of said notice must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was sent. If the Licensee sent the notice via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the notice was sent.







 



	
71.5 A58

	
Following the collection of the amount for payment as specified in the final bill, the Licensee will not be entitled to collect any payment via the payment means provided to it by the subscriber, without the subscriber's express prior written consent, except for the collection of payment for end-equipment that was purchased by the subscriber from the Licensee on installments, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E to the License. A copy of the subscriber's said consent must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was delivered to the Licensee.












 



	
71A.T48)

	
Blocking of Cellular End-User Equipment







 



	
71A.1

	
The Licensee will register the identification number of a subscriber's cellular end-user equipment, excluding cellular end-user equipment operating by the IDEN technology (hereinafter in this section "cellular end-user equipment"):







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
On the date of delivery of the cellular end-user equipment to the subscriber, on the date of contracting with the subscriber or on the date of renewal of the contract, including on the date of replacement, upgrading or repair of the cellular end-user equipment.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
In the case of cellular end-user equipment that was not provided to the subscriber by the Licensee, the Licensee will make reasonable efforts to bring to the subscriber's attention the possibility available to him of registering with the Licensee the identification number of such aforesaid cellular end-user equipment.







 


 










T48) Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).



A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





T48) Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





T48) Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).






 




  





57











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 





	
  

	
(c)

	
At the subscriber's request from the Licensee; the subscriber's request may be via the telephone, after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request.







 



	
71A.2

	
If a subscriber notifies the Licensee that his end-user equipment has been stolen or lost, the Licensee will block the end-user equipment of a subscriber who was registered as stated in Section 71A.1, free of charge, not later than thirty (30) days after it has verified the reliability of the subscriber's request. For purposes of this section, "blocking" – elimination of the possibility that the cellular end-user equipment will receive cellular services.







 



	
71A.3

	
The Licensee will provide details of end-user equipment that was blocked by it to any other cellular licensee, not later than the workday after implementing that stated in Section 71A.2.







 



	
71A.4

	
(a)T50)

	
The Licensee may not provide cellular services to end-user equipment that was blocked by it or by another cellular licensee.







 



	
  

	
(b)T50)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 71A.2 and Subsection (a), if it is found that blocking the identification number will cause the discontinuation of service to other end-user equipment having the same identification number, the Licensee may abstain from implementing the block as stated.







 



	
71A.5

	
The Licensee will remove the block on end-user equipment that was blocked by it, after receiving a request T50) from the subscriber. Removal of the block will be done not later than one workday after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request, unless the subscriber has specified a later date in his request T50).







 



	
71A.6

	
The Licensee will publish to all its subscribers its obligations with respect to the possibility of blocking cellular end-user equipment, the procedure for registration of the identification number of cellular end-user equipment with the Licensee and the ways of communicating with it for the purpose of implementing the block. The publication will be made in at least the following ways:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
In the contract;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
On the Licensee's website;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
In a separate information sheet to be enclosed with the bill submitted to the subscriber, by January 30, 2009T50).







 



	
71A.7T50)

	
The Licensee will detail, in a half yearly report, the number of identification numbers that were blocked and the number of identification numbers in respect of which such block was removed, as well as the number of identification numbers that were not blocked pursuant to this section and the reasons therefor.







 










T50) Amendment No. 50.





T50) Amendment No. 50





T50) Amendment No. 50





T50) Amendment No. 50





T50) Amendment No. 50





T50) Amendment No. 50






 




  





58











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


72.           Termination or Disconnection of Service Due to Breach of Agreement








	
72.1

	
The LicenseeA16) may terminate or disconnect the service to a subscriber if one of the following is fulfilled:













	
  

	
(A)

	
The subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he received, on the date set for its defrayal in his contract with the Licensee;













	
  

	
(B)

	
The subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the Licensee, which was established as a material condition;













	
  

	
(C)

	
The subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the end-user equipment in his possession.













	
72.2

	
Service to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases detailed in Section 72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the subscriber a notice in writing at least 10 days prior to the expected termination or disconnection date. The notice will state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the notice, to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service will be terminated or disconnected.







 



	
72.3T2)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 72.2, the Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber without prior notice, if one of the following is fulfilled:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The subscriber did not pay, for the third time during the same year, the bill in respect of the payments he was charged for cellular services, on the date set therefor in the payment notice. In this paragraph, "year" – the period from January 1 to December 31;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
There is a reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the subscriber's end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user equipment;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
The Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular services in an unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensee's service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the end-user equipment







 



	
72A.4T2)

	
The Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber if it has found that the end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession, through which the subscriber receives cellular services, causes interference with the provision of cellular services to other subscribers or interference with the cellular system activity, provided that the Licensee gave the subscriber notice in writing at least 21 days prior to the expected disconnection date. The notice will specify the reason for the expected disconnection and state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within an amount of time to be set in the notice, to repair the end-user equipment in such manner as to prevent said interference.







 



	
72A.T48)

	
Discontinuation of Service to a Dormant Subscriber







 



	
72A.1

	
If the Licensee wishes to discontinue service to a dormant subscriber, it must give the dormant subscriber prior notice of such intention, in the manner set out below (hereinafter in this section "the notice"). The time of discontinuation of the service may not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of sending of the notice.







 












T2) Amendment No. 2 (due to a clerical error in the amendment, appeared as Section 71.3 instead of 72.3).



T2) Amendment No. 2 (due to a clerical error in the amendment, appeared as Section 71.4 instead of 72.4).





T48) Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).






 




  





59











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


	
72A.2

	
The Licensee will specify in the notice the telephone number in respect of which it intends to discontinue the service.







 



	
72A.3

	
The sending of a notice to a dormant subscriber will be done:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
With respect to a subscriber whose name and address are known to the Licensee, in each of the following ways:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
By a letter via regular post;







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
By two SMS messages to be sent to the dormant subscriber at a difference of at least two weeks between the messages.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
With respect to a subscriber whose name and address are not known to the Licensee – by four SMS messages to be sent at a difference of at least one week between the messages.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Subsections (a)(2) and (b), if the subscriber's end-user equipment does not support the receipt of SMS messages, the Licensee will send the subscriber voice messages instead of SMS messages, insofar as the subscriber's end-user equipment supports the receipt of voice messages.







 



	
72A.4

	
The Licensee may not discontinue service to a dormant subscriber to whom a notice was sent, where the dormant subscriber has notified the Licensee that he does not wish the service to be discontinued. The subscriber may deliver such a message via the telephone or in writing, including by fax or by email.







 



	
  

	
Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Licensee may discontinue service to a dormant subscriber who has notified it that he does not wish the service to be discontinued, after the subscriber was sent at least two notices, as stated in Section 72A.3 and 72A.5, and where in the second notice the Licensee has notified the subscriber that if within one year from the date of the second notice the subscriber does not make use of the cellular service, the subscription to the service will be discontinued, without delivery of further notice to the subscriber.







 



	
72A.5

	
The Licensee may not send the subscriber further notice concerning its wish to discontinue the service after one year has passed from the date on which the subscriber was sent the previous notice in that regard.







 



	
72A.6

	
The Licensee will keep the telephone number of a dormant subscriber to whom service was discontinued, during at least three months from the date of discontinuation of the service, before the number is returned to the pool of telephone numbers of the Licensee itself or to another cellular licensee who originally allocated the number to the dormant subscriber. If during this period a written request is received from the subscriber to renew the service, the Licensee will renew the service upon the same terms as those that applied prior to the discontinuation of the service, free of charge.







 



	
72A.7

	
Where service was discontinued to a dormant prepaid subscriber who has a balance of the payment remaining to his credit, the Licensee will refund the appropriate balance within 30 days after receiving a written request from the subscriber who has proven that he is the owner of the line to which the service was discontinued, provided such request is received by the Licensee not later than six months after the date of discontinuation of the service.







 




  





60











  






 




	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


	
72B. A68

	
Disconnection of service due to recovery of the network in a fault event













	
72B.1

	
The license holder may temporarily disconnect or limit services that it is obligated to provide due to the need to allow speedy recovery of the networkin a material fault event.













	
  

	
For this purpose, "Material Fault" – a fault which causes disconnection of service for 10% of the subscribers, or for 100,000 subscribers at least, whichever is lower.













	
  

	
In this section, "Subscriber" – including a subscriber of a mobile phone license holder on another network and a subscriber of a roaming license holder using the network.













	
72B.2

	
The license holder will submit a detailed engineering procedure and process for recovery of the network in the event of a Material Fault (the "Procedure"), for the Director's approval, within 15 days from the date of signing of this Amendment.













	
72B.3

	
During a Material Fault, the license holder will act according to the Procedure that was submitted to the Director or which was approved by the Director, whichever is later.













	
72B.4

	
The Procedure will include, inter alia, initiated disconnection of service for subscribers who were not directly affected by the Material Fault, which shall begin two hours at most after the identification of a Material Fault, for the purpose of reduction of the load and controlled restoration of proper and regular service.







 



	
72B.5

	
Insofar as possible, the Procedure will allow preference to be given to the provision of proper and regular services to the armed forces, public emergency services and hospitals, as the Director shall determine."












 


73.           Disconnection of Service Due to Maintenance Operations








	
73.1

	
The Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is obligated to provide (hereinafter – disconnection due to maintenance), if the need to carry out vital cellular system maintenance or setup operations necessitates this, provided the following are fulfilled:








	
  

	
(A)

	
The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve (12) consecutive hours;








	
  

	
(B)

	
The number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during a single year;








	
  

	
(C)

	
Void.A2)













	
73.2

	
The Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the circumstances necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask the Licensee to postpone said disconnection if he came to the realization, after considering the Licensee's contentions, that a vital public interest necessitates such a postponement.













	
73.3

	
If due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the cellular system requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the Licensee will ask in advance for the Director's approval. The request will specify the maintenance operations required and the actions taken by the Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch as possible, the duration of the service disconnection.













	
73.4

	
Void. A2)







 









A68 Amendment No. 68




 




  





61











  




 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












 









	
73.5

	
If disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the purpose of carrying out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will notify the Director forthwith, including by phone, cable or fax, regarding the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee will notify its subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction, as early as possible, including via the public address system operating through the cellular system, insofar as this is possible, as well as through the public media.













	
73.6

	
Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to notify the Director or the subscribers about disconnection due to maintenance, when the following are fulfilled:








	
  

	
(A)

	
The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an hour;








	
  

	
(B)

	
Disconnection due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00 Sunday morning the following day.












Such a disconnection will not be counted in the number of disconnections as required under Section 73.1(B).


CHAPTER F – PAYMENT FOR SERVICESA8)







Part A – General







 


73A.           Definitions


 


In this chapter –



	
“Licensee”

	-	 	
Anyone to whom the Minister has granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or special license;


	 	 	 	 
	
“Airtime”

	-	 	
Duration of the time in which a subscriber receives cellular services, whether the connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone else;


	 	 	 	 
	
“Airtime unit”A31A31)

	-	 	
Time unit of 12 seconds at the most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January 2009, a time unit of 1 second.


	 	 	 	 
	
“Package of services”

	-	 	
Several services sold to a subscriber as a package, for which a rate has been set as specified in section 75.2.


	 	 	 	 
	
“Public telecommunications


network”

	-	 	
Including an international telecommunications system.


	 	 	 	 
	
“Payment for completion


of a call”

	-	 	
Payment made by the initiator of a call which began on end-user equipment connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another public telecommunications network, or on end-user equipment connected to such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the other public telecommunications network.







 


74.           Payment Categories


 



	
74.1 A57

	
The Licensee may collect from its subscribers payments for Cellular services, as follows:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
A onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user equipment held by the subscriber to the Cellular system, including issuance of a smart (SIM) card to the subscriber, or a onetime registration fee (hereinafter – connection fee);







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
A fixed monthly A57 payment;







 









A57 Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)




 




  





62











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Payment for airtime as specified in section 75A;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Payment for completion of a call as specified in section 75A;







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
Payment for basic telephone services, related services and value added services, detailed in the First Schedule to the License;












 


74.2 A57    The Licensee may not collect from a subscriber:


 



	 	
(a)

	
Payment for establishing a call;







 



	 	
(b)

	
A minimum price for a call.







 



	 	
(c) A58

	
Any payment prior to the actual supply of the service, excluding a 'prepaid service.'







 









 A57 Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)


A57 Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).







 




  





63











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


 


Part B – Setting and Publication of Rates







 



	
75.

	
Setting the Rates and Their Amount







 



	
75.1

	
The Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services provided by it to its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of linkage of the rate to the index. The Licensee shall notify the Director of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes into effect.







 



	
75.2

	
The Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services included in the package or time periods or by any other method. The Licensee may set a separate rate for each of the services included in the package or set a general rate for the package.







 



	
75.3

	
The Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a uniform rate according to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this section, “category of subscribers” – A16)a group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification for distinguishing it from another group.







 



	
75.4

	
The Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch from one package of services to another that is being offered by it at the time. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. In the framework of this provision it may set times when it is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions, including payment terms, for implementing the switch.







 



	
75.5T49)

	
If the Licensee contracts with the subscriber in regard to a certain service or package of services, and the contract includes a commitment as defined in Section 56A.1 ("commitment period"), the following provisions will apply, with the exception of a business subscriber:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The terms of the contract, excluding the contract rates, will be final, known and fixed in advance for the entire commitment period.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The rate for each service will be fixed on the date of the contract and will be uniform and specified in shekels for the entire commitment period.







 



	
  

	
For purposes of this section, "uniform" – any rate before VAT which the subscriber is required to pay, as determined on the date of the contract, may not be increased during the commitment period.







 



	
  

	
Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Licensee may provide its subscriber services at lower rates than those fixed in advance in the contract, during a limited time period, to all the subscribers or to a certain type of subscriber.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
The Licensee will include provisions as stated above in the contract with the subscriber.







 



	
75.6

	
The Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscriber’s switch from one package of service to another on the purchase of value added services or end-user equipment from the Licensee.







 



	
75.7

	
A package of services in which a payment in installments is set for end-user equipment or for one of the services, shall include also a payment arrangement in the event that the subscriber wishes to be released from that package or to switch from that package to another package of services, according to the outstanding balance of the payments due from the subscriber or according to the remainder of the commitment period.







 












T49) Amendment No. 49 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on December 31, 2008).




 




  





64











  






 




	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 




 



	
75.8

	
(a)

	
The Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the call was not initiated by the subscriber (hereinafter – uninitiated call).







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an uninitiated call in the following cases:







 


 




	
  

	
(1)

	Call transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming service;







 



	
  

	
(2)

	

Collect call to which the subscriber has given his agreement;









 



	
  

	
(3)

	
A call created by dialing a special prefix for a toll-free service that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with himA55;







 



	
  

	
(4)

	
VoidA51







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
The licensee may collect from a subscriber initiating a call by dialing the following services or access codes, payment not exceeding the tariff collected by the licensee from a subscriber for a call whose destination is on a domestic operator network: A51







 


(1) Split charge call service1;


 



	
  

	
(2) Short number service for businesses2;













	
  

	
(d)

	
For a call to an international destination, the Licensee may receive only the payment imposed on the international operator, as determined in the Interconnection Regulations." A54







 



75.9A18) Inception




 



	
  

	
Void A55







 



	
75.10

	
The payment for airtime will be determined in the manner set out below:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unitA31); For the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit shall be deemed the same as a whole airtime unit.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The payment for each airtime unit, at least during the first minute of contact, will be fixed.A57







 


 











A55 Amendment No. 55 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the relevant amendments to the Payment Regulations and to the Interconnection Regulations come into force, or on March 28, 2010 – whichever the later)





A51 Amendment No. 51 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on March 31, 2009)





A51 Amendment No. 51 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on March 31, 2009)





1 Pursuant to the "split charge call" service file (1-700 service).





2 Pursuant to the Administration Direction on "Short Form Dial for Businesses - Star (*) Plus Four Digits" dated May 4, 2008





A54 Amendment No. 54 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the amendment to the Interconnection Regulations concerning a call from a cellular network to an international telecommunications network comes into force)





Inception The inception of section 75.9 is on December 15, 2002.





A55 Amendment No. 55 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the relevant amendments to the Payment Regulations and to the Interconnection Regulations come into force, or on March 28, 2010 – whichever the later)





A57 Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)






 




  





65











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 







	
  

	
(c)

	
The duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the connection is established between the subscriber who initiated the connection (hereinafter – the calling subscriber) and the subscriber receiving the call, until the moment when the call is terminated, which is the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The duration of the connection setup time, until the moment the connection is established, and the duration of the disconnection time, from the moment the instruction to terminate the connection is received until it is actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration of the call.







 



	
  

	
In this regard, subscriber receiving the call – including a voice mailbox.







 



	
  

	
“Voice mailbox” – an installation or device forming part of the cellular system, designed to enable the calling subscriber to leave a voice message for the called subscriberA40).







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
A40) Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee shall play to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message, lasting at least 2 seconds (in this subsection – “message”), and will enable the calling subscriber, at his option, to disconnect the call without any debit, in the course of the message, or within a reasonable time being not less than one second after the end of the message (“reasonable time”). In such case, the moment of establishing the connection with the subscriber receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c) above, will be deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable time.







 



	
  

	
The wording of the message will be: “The call is being transferred to a voice mailbox,” and it will be articulated clearly and at a reasonable speed. In this subsection, “call transferred to a voice mailbox” – excluding a call originating in an international telecommunications system.







 









	
75.11(a) (A71)

	
In this section –


"Limited Plan" – A minute plan which is limited to a number of minutes according to the subscriber engagement plan.


"Unlimited Plan" – An unlimited minute plan, for which the subscriber pays.


"Toll-Free Number" – A telephone number, a call to which from any network has been determined to be free of charge for the caller;


"Special Telephone Number at a Composite Rate" – A national or network telephone number in an Irregular Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which is a Composite Rate;


"Special Telephone Number at a Regular Rate" – A national4 or network5 telephone number in an Irregular Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which does not exceed the Regular Rate;


"Irregular Number Pattern" – A number pattern which is not a regular number pattern;


"Regular Number Pattern" – A number pattern of geographical numbers and national numbers, as defined in the number plan6;


"Composite Rate" – A rate comprising a Regular Rate plus a rate for a service that is provided by a Licensee or anyone on its behalf or a service provider;


"Regular Rate" – A rate per call minute to telephone numbers in a Regular Number Pattern, in accordance with the subscriber's tariff plan.







 









A54 Amendment No. 71 (Inception: Sections 75.11(a)-(c) will take effect no later than September 3, 2013; Sections 75.11(d) will take effect no later than December 3, 2013).



4 A telephone number, access to which is possible from any network.





5 A telephone number, access to which is possible only from the license holder's network.





6 For example, numbers in the pattern 03-XXXXXXX, 05Y-XXXXXXX and 07Z-XXXXXXX.






 




  





66











  






 































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION











 

























































	
 

	

  


"Regular Rate" – A rate per call minute to telephone numbers in a Regular Number Pattern, in accordance with the subscriber's tariff plan.







 






	 	
(b)

	
The Licensee shall not charge a subscriber calling destinations with Toll-Free Numbers and will not count the calling minutes to such destinations in a Limited Plan.


	 	 	 
	 	
(c)

	
The Licensee may charge a subscriber calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, and shall count the calling minutes to the said destinations in a Limited Plan or in an Unlimited Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensee may not charge a subscriber calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate any extra fee over the fixed payment that he pays for the minute plan, insofar as the subscriber shall not have exceeded the minute quota in the plan. If the subscriber exceeds the minute quota in the plan, the Licensee may charge him for calling the said destinations according to a rate no higher than the Regular Rate. In addition to the aforesaid, the Licensee may not make any distinction in the rate, according to which it charges the subscriber, between calling telephone numbers with a Regular Number Pattern and calling Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, including by determining separate call minute plans.


	 	 	 
	 	
(d)

	
If the charge for calls to destinations with Special Telephone Numbers is made according to a Composite Rate, the Licensee shall count the calling minutes to the said destinations in the framework of the Limited Plan or the Unlimited Plan for which the subscriber pays.


The Licensee may charge the subscriber for the services provided in the framework of calling telephone numbers which are charged according to a Composite Rate, whether the charge is made according to a call minute or the charge is fixed per call, in addition to the fixed payment for the minute plan.


	 	 	 
	
2.

	
 

	
Sections 75.11(a)-(c) will take effect no later than Elul 28, 5773 (September 3, 2013).


 


Section 75.11(d) will take effect no later than Kislev 30, 5774 (December 3, 2013).












 


75A.        A25)Completion of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications Network


 



	
  

	
The payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications Regulations (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.












 


75B.        A2A25)Completion of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications Network


 



	
  

	
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee, a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.







 



	
  

	
For purposes of this section –







 




  





67











  






 
































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION











 

























































	
  

	
“SMS” – telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a cellular system of another cellular licensee.












 


75C.         A27)Temporary Order


 



	
  

	
Notwithstanding that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and ending February 9, 2005A29), the following provisions shall apply:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is destined for end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee (hereinafter – “inter-network SMS”) a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7%8;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as stated in subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber was not completed.







 


 


75D. A58Notice Concerning Utilization of Surfing Package A73in Israel


 



	
75D.1

	
The Licensee will send an SMS message to a subscriber who has utilized 75% and 95% of a surfing package. The SMS message will be sent to the subscriber's telephone number and to the additional telephone number indicated by the subscriber when executing the contract, as soon as possible after the time of such utilization, and will contain at least the following: percentage of utilization of the package, time of calculation of the utilization (date and hour), and the telephone number to which the SMS message relates. In this regard, "surfing package" means the number of units of a cell phone Internet surfing service in Israel  (hereinafter – surfing service) that are supplied to the subscriber at a fixed rate regardless of the actual scope of use.







 



	
  

	
This section will apply only when the rate of a surfing service unit, after full utilization of all the surfing service units included in the surfing package, is more than 1.25 times the rate of a surfing service unit in the framework of the surfing package.







 


75E. A73 Billing for International Roaming Service


 













8 The 0.7% reduction is based on a report received from some cellular operators concerning the rate of inter-network SMS messages that did not reach their destination. Section 75C was enacted as an temporary order, with the cellular operators to make the necessary adjustments in the cellular systems and in the interconnection arrangements between them to enable full implementation of section 75B of their license. To remove doubt, it is clarified that this temporary order was enacted only for a limited time, owing to difficulties that were pointed out by the cellular operators concerning the possibility of receiving information about non-completion of an SMS on another cellular network; However, beyond this, nothing may be inferred from this temporary arrangement concerning permission to collect payment for an SMS that was not transferred to its destination, and said arrangement does not detract from the Ministry’s basic position according to which, in general, no payment may be collected for a telecommunications service that was not realized.





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).






 




  





68











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


  




	
75E.1

	
In this section –


 


"Arrangement" – A package or plan which includes internet;


 


"Package Offer" – An offer of three different packages or plans, insofar as exist at the Licensee, which include Surfing Service, which were offered to the Licensee's subscribers in the month prior to the date on which the package offer was sent to the subscriber.


 


"Package" – A limited number of service units which may be used in a limited period of time, through an international roaming service Abroad, which is sold at a fixed and predetermined price, and is valid for certain Destinations;


 


"Abroad" or "Destination" – A country, including a ship at sea and an aircraft;


 


"MB" – One million bytes (MByte);


 


"Surfing Service" or "Surfing" – Cellular surfing service Abroad;


 


"Plan" – A tariff plan for a limited period of time or for a specific trip overseasa74 for the consumption of services through an international roaming service Abroad (such as: call service, sending and receiving text messages and internet) for the Destinations included therein, with the payment for the services being made according to consumption; the rates of the services included in the plan are different to the rate for the same services for a subscriber who did not sign up for the plan; the plan may determine a fixed fee that does not depend on consumption.


	 	 
	
75E.2

	
(a)       The Licensee shall send a text message to a subscriber who purchases an international roaming service package (in this section: "Package"); the text message shall be sent any time the subscriber uses 75%, 90% and 100% of the Package; in addition, the Licensee shall send the subscriber a text message upon expiration of the Arrangement, stating that the Arrangement has expired. The text messages shall be sent to the subscriber free of charge, as close as possible to the said usage level, and shall include at least the following: the percentage of usage of the services included in the Arrangement as specified in items (1)-(5) below, and the time (date and hour) of the usage calculation;


 


(1)      Call minutes;


 


(2)      Text messages;


 


(3)      Internet (in MB);


 


(4)      Combined call minutes and text messages;


 


(5)      Combined call minutes, text messages and internet (in MB).


 


(b)      a74Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 75.2E(a) -


 


(3)      The license holder will be exempt from sending SMSs to a subscriber in respect of use of the package to which he subscribed, as stated in Section 75.2E(a), provided that all of the following are fulfilled:


 


(c)   The subscriber purchased the package before Adar B 29, 5774 (March 31, 2014);





 










A73 Amendment No. 73 (Inception: This amendment will come into force no later than February 17,2014)





A74 Amendment No. 74






 




  





69











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 







	 	
  


  


(d)   The subscriber explicitly agreed in writing to waive receipt of SMSs as stated in Section 75.2E(a);


 


(e)   The license holder proves, to the Director’s satisfaction, that a technological restriction beyond its control is preventing it from receiving an indication in real time or close to real time with respect to the making of direct dial calls.


 


(4)      With respect to a subscriber who makes use of Cellular end equipment which does not support an SMS service, including a tablet with a SIM card and a cellular modem, the license holder will demand of the subscriber, at the time of subscribing to the package, a means of communication as an alternative to SMS (such as Skype, Viber, Whatsapp applications, e-mail or voicemail) (“Alternative Means”); if the subscriber provides Alternative Means, the license holder will send to the subscriber the messages regarding use of the package as stated in Section 75.2E(a) via the Alternative Means.


	 	 
	
75E.3

	
If a subscriber buys an Arrangement, the Licensee shall block access to Surfing Service after the Package has been used up in full or the Arrangement has expired, as the case may be, free of charge, and the subscriber will not be required to make any payment for Surfing Service, over and above the predetermined payment for the Package that he purchased or the Plan that he joined. The Licensee shall send the subscriber a text message, free of charge, regarding such blocking, in proximity to the date of the blocking. The text message shall include a Package Offer.


	 	 
	
75E.4

	
(c)       The Licensee shall block, free of charge, access to Surfing Service for every subscriber, immediately upon his arriving Abroad, unless the subscriber fulfills one of the following conditions:


 


(1)The subscriber has an Arrangement.


 


(2)The subscriber actively requested to allow him permanent access to Surfing Service through the "Access to Services Form".


 


(d)       If the subscriber does not fulfill one of the conditions stated in Subsection (a), and the Licensee does not block the subscriber's access to Surfing Service, the licensee will not charge the subscriber for Surfing Service.


 


(e)       The Licensee shall block, free of charge, access to Surfing Service as stated in Subsection (a), and will not charge for Surfing Service as stated in Subsection (b), any time that a subscriber who purchased an Arrangement reaches a Destination which is not included in the Arrangement. The Licensee shall immediately and automatically unblock such subscriber's access to Surfing Service, without the need for the performance of any manual action by the subscriber, any time that the subscriber is in a Destination included in the Arrangement.


 


(f)       The Licensee shall send a subscriber a text message, free of charge, regarding the blocking as stated in Subsections (a) and (c), in proximity to the date of the blocking, stating the reason for the blocking and the ways to contact the Licensee for the purpose of discontinuing the blocking. The text message shall include a Package Offer.


 


(g)       For the ordering of Surfing Service by a subscriber, during his stay Abroad, after his access to Surfinf Service shall have been blocked, to allow him access to Surfing Service without purchasing an Arrangement, and after he confirms that he is aware of the internet price per MB without an Arrangement, Section 60.6 shall apply and the documentation shall also include the details of the subscriber's reliable identification and his confirmation as aforesaid.





 




  





70











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
75E.5

	
Upon the arrival Abroad of a subscriber who requested, through the "Access to Services Form", to have permanent access to Surfing Service, and who has no Arrangement or whose arrangement does not include the country in which the subscriber is located a74, the Licensee shall send him a text message with a warning regarding possible consumption of Surfing Service for a fee, without any active surfing action being taken, and information regarding the possibility of blocking Surfing Service by changing the end equipment's settings. The text message shall state, as relevant, that such blocking also blocks the possibility of surfing in Israel and therefore, internet blocking must be discontinued upon arriving in Israel, or by contacting the licenseer's call center. The text message shall further include a Package Offer.


	 	 
	
75E.6

	
The Licensee shall inform its subscribers, in the telephone bill following the date of signing of the license amendment, of their possibility to block Surfing Service by filling out the "Access to Services Form" which is posted on the licensee's website. The subscriber may send the said form to the licensee by regular mail, e-mail, facsimile or via an online form on the Licensee's website, insofar as the Licensee's website supports such possibility.


	 	 
	
75E.7

	
The Licensee shall post on its website information regarding the possibility available to the subscriber of blocking access to Surfing Service also through the end equipment, insofar as such blocking does not also block the possibility of surfing in Israel.


	 	 
	
75E.8

	
The Licensee shall post on its website information whereby there are services which consume data for a fee, also without any active action being taken by the subscriber, such as: automatic synchronization of e-mail and the update of various applications.


	 	 
	
75E.9

	
Billing for international roaming services according to a rate per unit, shall be made in the telephone bill retroactively, after consumption of the services, and not in advance. Insofar as a subscriber purchases an Arrangement which includes a predetermined payment, the billing for such payment shall be made in the billing period during which the transaction took effect.


	 	 
	
75E.10

	
Without derogating from the provisions of Section 55A, Section 60.6 shall apply to a transaction for the "remote sale" of services via an international roaming service.


	 	 
	
75E.11

	
The Licensee shall send, free of charge, a text message to any subscriber who performed a "remote sale" transaction for the purchase of services via an international roaming service, which includes a summary of the transaction, as early as possible, and no later than the end of the day on which the "remote sale" transaction was performed.


 


In addition, the Licensee shall state information regarding the said "remote sale" transaction in the telephone bill following the date of performance of the transaction, in accordance with the subscriber's billing period, including the telephone number in respect of which the transaction was performed, the date of performance of the transaction, the quantity and types of the services purchased via an international roaming service, the number of days allocated for use of the services, the date and time of commencement of provision of the services, the price of the services purchased, the price according to which consumption of services over and above the Package shall be charged, insofar as a Package is purchased, and the manner of rounding off of any quantity that shall be consumed (the "Details of the Transaction").


 


A copy of the telephone bill stating the Details of the Transaction will be available at the Licensee for presentation or delivery to the Director upon request, within five (5) working days from the date of sending the telephone bill a74.





 




  





71











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
75E.12

	
In an engagement for the purchase of services via an international roaming service performed in the presence of a representative of the Licensee and the subscriber, printed confirmation shall be delivered to the subscriber upon performance of the transaction, including the Details of the Transaction. A copy of the confirmation will be available at the Licensee for presentation or delivery to the Director upon request, within five (5) working days from the date of performance of the transaction.


	 	 
	
75E.13

	
The Licensee shall post on its website all of the Packages and Plans marketed to private subscribers, as well as the rates of all of the international roaming services for a subscriber without an Arrangement, for all of the Destinations in respect of which the licensee has an international roaming agreement. The Licensee will not charge a subscriber for an international roaming service provided at a Destination that was not published thereby as aforesaid before the charge.


	 	 
	
75E.14

	
The rate for Surfing Service shall be stated by the Licensee, wherever it is stated, in units of NIS per 1 MB.


	 	 
	
75E.15

	
The internet rate per 1 MB for a subscriber who is not in an Arrangement will be lower than the price of the cheapest Package offered by the Licensee.


	 	 
	
75E.16

	
The purchase of an Arrangement, in Israel or Abroad, does not change the default option stated in the updated services order form other than for the period of such Arrangement.













 



	
76.

	
Publication of Rates







 



	
76.1

	
The Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and at the call centers, free of charge, full and detailed information concerning the up-to-date rates for all its services, including the payment for completion of a call; The Director may instruct the Licensee concerning the manner and format of publication of the rates.







 



	
76.2

	
The Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package of services according to which the subscriber is being debited.







 



	
76.3

	
The Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of the rates charged by it.












 


77.           VoidA43)







 


77A.           Fraud Prevention


 



	
77A.1

	
The Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and shall maintain a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent possible, that the calls for which the subscriber is being debited were actually made from end-user equipment connected to the Licensee’s cellular system in the subscriber’s name.







 



	
77A.2

	
The Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscriber’s end-user equipment after receiving at the service offices the subscriber’s notification that the end-user equipment was lost or stolen, or that there is a possibility that someone else is making calls through the end-user equipment without having received permission to do so; The subscriber may give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax or email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after receipt of a written notification, the Licensee shall verify its reliability and disconnect the service.







 



	
77A.3

	
The Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing fraud.







 




  





72











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  






Part C – Changes in the Rates


 


78.A43) Change in the Rates


 



	
  

	
Subject to that stated in section 75, the Licensee may change the rate that was set by it for any service or basket of services (in this section – “service”), provided:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
It sent the Director prior written notice at least fourteen (14) days before the effective date of the rate, stating the new rate and the rate before the change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, regarding a reduction in a rate, the Licensee may send the notice to the Director up to a month after the reduction A58;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
It sent every subscriber who joined the service prior written notice at least fourteen (14) days before the effective date, noting the new rate and the rate before the change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, regarding a reduction in a rate, the Licensee may send the notice to the subscriber up to a month after the reduction.







 



	
  

	
Said notice will be sent to the subscriber by regular post or via the telephone bill sent to the subscriber A58.







 



	 	
For purposes of this section, “change” – any change in a rate resulting in an increase or reduction in the payment before VAT which a subscriber is required to pay for the Licensee’s services.







 


79.           Start of an Increase or Reduction in a Rate


 



	
  

	
In case of an increase or reduction in any rate for cellular services according to the provisions of the license, such increase or reduction shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting date of the increase or the reduction; An increase or reduction shall apply only to cellular services provided to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction; This section shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section 83(A).







 


80.           Arrears in Payment


 



	
80.1

	
The Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs on payments for cellular services which were not paid by a subscriber on their stipulated payment date, in a payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the contract between themA33) (hereinafter – the payment date).







 



	
80.2

	
VoidA43)







 



	
80.3

	
The amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the definition of “linkage differences and interest” in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences for the period between the stipulated payment date and the actual payment date of the specified amount.







 



	
80.4

	
A33)The Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a service which it provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the payment date (hereinafter – the amount of the debt), provided at least fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment date, excluding a case of nonpayment due to the bank’s or the credit-card company’s refusal to pay a debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization; The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall be reasonable and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions which the Licensee must take in order to collect it.: In this regard, “collection costs” – including legal handling by the Licensee or someone acting on its behalf, of the collection of the amount of the debt before application is made to the courts.















A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).



A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).




 




  





73











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Part D – Miscellaneous


 


81.           Onetime Debit for Connection Fee


 



	
  

	
If the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section 74(A), it may debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection of the subscriber for the first time to the cellular network and the provision of the cellular services, or for a connection after the termination of all A58 service under section 71 or the termination or disconnection of a service under section 72.







 


82.           Collection of Subscription Fee in Installments


 



	
  

	
The Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for connection to the cellular system in a number of installments, at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and in the amount specified in the contract.







 


83.           Harm to Competition or to Consumers


 



	
  

	
(a)

	
If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the provisions of the License, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to refund the excess amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according to the rate prior to its correction.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is liable to harm competition or the consumers, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate







 







83A. A58                 Excess Charges







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The Licensee will document in its information systems any written or verbal contestation by a subscriber concerning an excess charge that appears in the telephone bill.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The Licensee will give a subscriber a written, explanatory response to his contestation, setting out the manner of calculation of the refund or the reasons for rejecting the contestation, as the case may be, within twenty one (21) days from the day of receipt of the contestation. In this regard, "day of receipt of the contestation" – With respect to a notice sent in writing – the day on which the notice was received by the Licensee;







 


With respect to a notice delivered orally – the day on which the notice was delivered to the Licensee.


 


A copy of such response must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was sent. If the Licensee sent the response via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the notice was sent.


 






A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





 




  





74











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 











	
  

	
Notwithstanding the above, where a Subscriber has submitted a verbal objection and the Licensee found that the Subscriber has been overcharged by an amount not exceeding NIS 100, the Licensee has authority not to respond in writing to the objection, to the extent that the Subscriber granted his express consent theretoA59.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
If the Licensee finds that the subscriber was overcharged, it will refund the excess charge in a single payment, without setting any conditions for the refund, with the addition of "linkage differences and interest" as this term is defined in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 5721-1961, for the period from the date of collection of the excess charge to the date of actual making of the refund, as set forth below:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
If the excess charge is more than NIS 100 (including VAT and linkage differences and interest) – the amount refunded will be transferred directly to the subscriber's to the means of payment (bank account or credit card) A59 within three (3) work days from the date on which the Licensee sent the response, as stated in subsection (b). Notwithstanding the above, the Licensee may return the reimbursement to a business Subscriber by means of crediting the telephone statement, if the business Subscriber expressly agreed to this A59.







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
If the excess charge is equal to or less than NIS 100 (including VAT and linkage differences and interest) – the amount refunded will be credited in the next telephone bill after the date of sending of the written response, as stated in subsection (b). If the refund is for a higher amount than the amount for payment in the next telephone bill, the balance will be transferred directly to the subscriber's bank account within three (3) work days from the date on which the notice was sent to the subscriber, and a note to that effect will be included in the aforesaid telephone bill.







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (c)(1) and c(2), a reimbursement to a Pre-Paid Subscriber shall be performed by means of crediting the available balance A59.







 



CHAPTER G: PAYMENTS FROM THE LICENSEE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE AND GUARANTEE









Part A – Royalties and PaymentsA16)







 


84.              Royalties


 



	
84.1

	
The Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, or in any other regulations replacing them (hereinafter – “the Royalties Regulations”).







 



	
84.2

	
To every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach two copies of an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee and certified by an accountant; The report shall contain a detailed calculation of the liable income according to the Royalties Regulations, and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount of the royalties.







 



	
84.3

	
Upon the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the Licensee’s accountant (hereinafter: “the audited report”), the Licensee shall submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the adjustment between the income on which it paid royalties, and the income appearing in the audited report (hereinafter – “the adjustment report”).







 









A59 Amendment No. 59



A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59





A59 Amendment No. 59






 




  





75











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
84.4

	
If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the Licensee, according to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount paid by it for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition to interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.







 



	
84.5

	
If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee is greater than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall be credited with the amount of the excess payment; The excess payments to which the Licensee is entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of the Director, from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date of the offset; In this regard – interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.







 


85.           Arrears in the Payment of Royalties


 



	
  

	
The Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties that were not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the regulations.







 


86.           Payment Method


 



	
  

	
Royalties as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communication’s accountant by a bank transfer to the ministry’s account.







 


87.           Other Mandatory Payments


 



	
  

	
The royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay under any law.












Part B – Liability and Insurance







 


88.           Definition of Scope of Insurance


 



	
  

	
In this Part, “use of the license” – setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep or operation of the cellular system, whether by the Licensee itself or through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors, agents or representatives.







 


89.           Licensee’s Liability


 



	
89.1

	
The Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or property of any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or consequent on the use of the license.







 



	
89.2

	
When using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage or loss to the body or property of any person, and where such damage or loss was caused due to the use of the license, the Licensee shall repair the damage at its expense and compensate the aggrieved party, all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of which the Minister granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section 90.







 



	
  

	
To avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability beyond the liability in torts established in the regular law of torts.







 


90.           Immunity from Liability


 



	
90.1

	
The Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or any of the immunities enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in section 90.3.







 




  





76











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 







	
90.2

	
The Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is requesting and the reasons therefor.







 



	
90.3

	
If the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the immunities under Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a notice in Reshumot.







 


91.           Making an Insurance Contract


 



	
91.1

	
The Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed insurer according to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance contract shall be presented to the Director at the time of the grant of the license.







 



	
91.2

	
The Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third party due to the use of the license; Any indemnity under this section shall be insured by the Licensee for liability insurance.







 



	
91.3

	
The Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors, against any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable at law owing to damage caused to the body or property of a person from the use of the license, and against any loss or damage caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the license, including against third party risks.







 



	
91.4

	
The Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing in insurance, confirming that the insurance policy covers everything required in sections 91.2 and 91.3; The Licensee shall attach to the opinion a copy of the insurance contract and its attachments; Said documents shall be submitted to the Director within 7 days of the signing of the insurance contract and shall be attached to this license as Addendum G.







 


92.              Conditions in the Insurance Contract


 



	
92.1

	
The insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall stipulate that at the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall be extended automatically.







 



	
92.2

	
The Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurer’s confirmation that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in the Licensee’s payments of the premiums and there are no pending notices concerning the cancellation, suspension, limitation, amendment or termination of the insurance contract.







 



	
92.3

	
The insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to cancel the insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must give the Director prior notice in that regard not less than 90 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled (hereinafter in this section – cancellation notice).







 



	
92.4

	
If a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the Licensee shall act immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation, or shall act immediately to obtain an alternative insurance contract as stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the Director of the actions it took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was nonpayment of the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part thereof to cover amounts which he expended on payment of the premium or collect them in any other manner.







 



	
92.5

	
If the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the Director in that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled.







 



	
92.6

	
If the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by the insurer or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall make an insurance contract with another licensed insurer, in such manner that the new insurance contract will come into effect simultaneously with the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance contract shall be submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as stated in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the sections in this Part.







 




  





77











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




93.           Remedy for Breach of Conditions with Respect to Insurance


 



	
  

	
If the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled or expired, the Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and it may exercise the bank guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing without derogating from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license owing to the Licensee’s failure to effect insurance according to the terms of this license.







 







Part C – Guarantee to Secure Fulfillment of the Terms of the License







 


94.           The Guarantee and Its Purpose


 



	
94.1

	
A30)The Licensee shall present to the Director an unconditional bank guarantee in favor of the State of Israel, in shekels, equivalent to ten (10) million US dollars, as security for fulfillment of the terms of the License; The guarantee is attached to this license as Addendum H to the Second Schedule.







 



	
94.2

	
The guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the license and for compensation and indemnification of the State for any damage, payment, loss, detriment or expense caused or liable to be caused to the State – whether directly or indirectly – due to nonfulfillment of all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on time, or due to the cancellation, restriction or suspension of the license.







 


95.           Exercise of the Guarantee


 



	
95.1

	
Without derogating from the general purport of section 94.2, the Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to nonfulfillment of the terms of the license, including in each of the cases set out below:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues from subscribers’ payments, including by reason of:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
Failure to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the timetable determined by the Director, or as approved by the Director;







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
Discontinuation, suspension or restriction of services;







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
Restriction or suspension of the license;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
No insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was not paid, or the insurance contract was cancelled or expired;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
The Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated in section 75;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
The Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality requirements as stated in Appendix B, or the Licensee consistently stops, suspends or limits the service contrary to the provisions of the license;







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
The Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by the date specified in Appendix B.







 




  





78











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
  

	
(f)

	
The Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms or requirements of the license;







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
A claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of compensation and damages due to a violation of a condition in the license or faulty implementation of the license or due to the cancellation of the license, and where the State incurred expenses due to such claim or demand; The exercise of the guarantee for the purpose of covering the amount of a claim as stated, shall be done only after the judgment in that claim has become absolute;







 



	
  

	
(h)

	
Royalties according to section 74 were not paid fully and on time;







 



	
  

	
(i)

	
The State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the license;







 



	
  

	
(j)

	
The Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2 and 79.2.







 



	
  

	
(k)

	
A16)The Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as stipulated in section 40.1 of the conditions of Tender No. 1/01.







 



	
  

	
(l)

	
A16)A monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law, and the required amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the amount of the sanction is collected.







 



	
95.2

	
The Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason of an expected violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the terms of the license that justify, at his discretion, early exercise of the guarantee.







 


96.           Manner of Exercise of the Guarantee


 



	
96.1

	
The Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount specified therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not correct the act or omission the subject of the warning within the period specified in the warning – the guarantee will be exercised, in whole or in part.







 



	
96.2

	
If the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the Licensee shall provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the original amount of the guarantee immediately upon the Director’s demand; Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee as stated shall constitute a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director may – without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license – exercise any remaining balance of the guarantee.







 



	
96.3

	
The Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified of the Director’s decision.







 


97.           Term of Validity of the Guarantee


 



	
97.1

	
The guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license and for A16)two years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee satisfies all its obligations under the license to the Director’s satisfaction – according to the later of these two dates.







 



	
97.2

	
If the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its obligations under the license, within 60 days before the expiry of the term of the guarantee, he may require the Licensee to extend the term of the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within the period specified by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date specified by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Director’s satisfaction, all its obligations under the licenses – according to the later of these two dates; If the Licensee fails to present a new guarantee as stated, the Director may exercise the guarantee.







 




  





79











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
97.3

	
Where the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be extended from time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the validity of the guarantee before the expected end of its term, for a year, unless the Director exempted it from this obligation; If the Director did not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend the validity of the guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at the specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety without advance warning.







 


98.              Preservation of Remedies


 



	
98.1

	
Exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license.







 



	
98.2

	
The amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the Licensee’s liability towards the State for payment of the full damages caused to it, where the Licensee is obligated to make such payment under the license or by law.







 



	
98.3

	
The exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from the Director’s right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner payment for damages which it is obligated to cover under this license or to exercise other reliefs that are available to him by law.












CHAPTER EIGHT – SUPERVISION AND REPORTING







Part A: Supervision of Licensee’s Activities







 


99.           Supervisory Power


 



	
  

	
The Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the Licensee’s activities with respect to the implementation of the license and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the Regulations pursuant thereto.







 


100.         Preservation of Confidentiality


 



	
  

	
The Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee shall not disclose any information or document coming into their possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized to receive such information or document, unless it was already published in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function under this license or by law.







 


101.         Entry to Premises and Inspection of Documents


 



	
  

	
For the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the Director may:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Enter at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to provide its services under this license.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Carry out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any record, document, plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular or computerized, of the Licensee or of anyone employed by the Licensee in subjects over which the Director has supervisory power as stated; The Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems fit.







 


102.         Cooperation


 



	
  

	
The Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its activities as stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid, it shall allow them to carry out that stated in sections 100 and 101 and shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its possession or control that is required by them for the exercise of the supervision.







 




  





80











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Part B: Reporting and Correction of Defects







 


103.A43) Duty of Submission of Reports


 



	
103.1

	
The Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this license, in the format and at the times stipulated in this part.







 



	
103.2

	
Every report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof, updated for the period of the report.







 



	
103.3

	
A report shall be submitted in two (2) copies, printed and prepared in an easily readable form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by the Licensee or whoever it authorized for this purpose; The report shall be submitted in a format as directed by the Director, including with respect to its contents, structure and manner of submission.







 



	
103.4

	
The Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report which it submitted, if he found it lacking in necessary details or details which, in the Director’s opinion, should have been included by the Licensee in the report.







 


104.1A43)Types of Reports


 



	
  

	
The Licensee shall submit to the Director, at his request and at least once a year, at the end of the calendar year and not later than ninety (90) days thereafter, annual reports describing its activity in the period from January to December of the past year:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Financial statement audited and signed by an accountant;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Subscribers report, including the following data:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
Number of subscribers broken down according to business and private subscribers and according to post-paid and pre-paid;







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
Amount of income broken down according to subsection (1), with each type of income from interconnection appearing separately, and broken down as well according to airtime and added-value services.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Report on the use of frequencies according to Chapter D Part C;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Addendum A – “Particulars of Licensee” updated as of the beginning of January, as detailed in section 20.1.







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
A43The engineering system report – an engineering plan for the setup, development and upgrade of the network in the format set forth in Appendix B.












 



	
104.2

	
The Licensee shall submit to the Director once a quarter, not later than a month after the end of the quarter, the following reports:







 




  





81











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
  

	
(a)

	
Unaudited quarterly financial statement signed by an accountant;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Unaudited quarterly income report signed by an accountant, giving details of income on which royalties are payable;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Traffic report – in a format as directed by the Director.







 



	
104.3

	
The Licensee shall submit a report on any special occurrence, as set out in regulation 8 of the Control Regulations.







 



	
104.4

	
The Licensee shall submit to the Director the following report, at his request:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
VoidA72);







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Malfunctions report – containing a brief description and discussion of the malfunctions that occurred in the network, the number of malfunctions and the cumulative duration of malfunctions of each type, an analysis of the malfunctions and the steps taken to repair them;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Service quality report – Analysis of the Licensee’s compliance with the requirements of sections 49 to 51 and Addendum E – Level of Services for Subscribers, during the period of the report;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Complaints report – detailing the written service complaints that were submitted by subscribers, including the subject of the complaints, the dates on which they were received, the written response given, the manner in which they were dealt with and details of the activity of the Public Ombudsman;







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
List of the Licensee’s rates;







 



	
  

	
(f)

	
VoidA72);







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
Encumbrances report – The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of imposition of an attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensee’s assets or any case of an encumbrance on means of control in the Licensee, any realization of such encumbrances or voidance of any right of the Licensee in an asset; The Licensee must also submit to the Director, at his request, a report detailing all such encumbrances.







 



	
  

	
(h)

	
Report on number of subscribers, income and minutes broken down according to private and business subscribers, and within each category – broken down according to subscribers for programs priced according to an “inclusive standard rate” and subscribers for programs priced separately for payment in respect of “airtime” and interconnection, in a format as directed by the Director;







 



	
  

	
(i)

	
Nuisance subscribers report as detailed in section 65A.9;







 



	
  

	
(j)

	
Any other data required for performance of control on the Licensee’s activities, and any information required by the Ministry for regulating the telecommunications sector.







 



	
104.5

	
The Director may add or remove periodical, annual or quarterly reports, and he may request the Licensee to submit special reports as directed by him.









 




  





82











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




105.A43)   Notice Concerning a Defect


 



	
105.1

	
Where the Director finds defects or deficiencies in the Licensee’s activities, he shall notify the Licensee thereof in writing.







 



	
105.2

	
If the Licensee received a notification as stated, it shall submit to the Director, within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notification, its written response detailing the measures taken by it to correct the defects indicated therein.







 


106.A43) Void.


 







CHAPTER I – MISCELLANEOUS


 


107.           The License as an Exhaustive Document


 



	
107.1

	
The Licensee’s rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup, maintenance and operation of the cellular system and the provision of services by means thereof, originate in and derive exclusively from and according to this license.







 



	
107.2

	
Void.A2)







 


108.           Keeping the License Document and Returning the License


 



	
108.1

	
The Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow the public to inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms of the license are modified, the Licensee shall attach the modification wording to said license documents.







 



	
108.2

	
A16)If the license and its documents are made available for public inspection, the public shall not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which are included in the Second Schedule to the License:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Appendix A – Details of the Licensee;








	
  

	
(b)

	
Appendix B – A72the engineering plan attached to Appendix B;








	
  

	
(c)

	
Appendix D - Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies








	
  

	
(d)

	
Appendix G – Insurance contract;








	
  

	
(e)

	
Appendix H – Bank guarantee;








	
  

	
(f)

	
Appendix I – Special services for the security forces;








	
  

	
(g)

	
Appendix L – Special services for the security forces – security addendum (confidential);








	
  

	
(h)

	
Appendix M – Security directives;








	
  

	
(i)

	
Appendix N – Letters of undertaking.







 



	
108.3

	
The license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the Licensee for the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or expiry of the license, the Licensee shall return the license with all its documents to the Director.







 



	
108.4

	
A16)The Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the Internet; The Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website of the Ministry of Communications, as long as the Ministry publishes the license on its website.







 



	
108.5

	
A16)The Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in section 108.2, at the time and in the manner deemed fit by it.







 




  





83











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




109.           Postponement of Deadline


 



	
109.1

	
A duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance deadline has been set, must be performed by the Licensee within the deadline.







 



	
109.2

	
A2)The Director, at the Licensee’s request, may postpone a deadline set as stated, if it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline for reasons of force majeure.







 


 


110.          Reserving of Liability


 



	
  

	
Any approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such authority, shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on the Licensee, and shall not derogate or detract from or void or diminish the Licensee’s liability as stated.







 


111.           Notices


 



	
111.1

	
A notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with confirmation of delivery; A notice sent by registered post as stated shall be presumed to have reached its destination by the end of 48 hours from the time of its delivery for dispatch.







 



	
111.2

	
Any notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through the Director.







 



	
111.3

	
The Licensee’s address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10 Hagavish St., Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall notify the Director immediately of any changes in this address.














	
112. A58

	Documents and Recordings





 





	
112.1

	
The Licensee will present and/or play to the Director, at his request, any recording and/or document relevant to the subscriber, throughout the subscriber's last commitment period, and if the subscriber is not within a commitment period – during at least the last eighteen (18) months, and for a year after the date on which the final invoice is sent to the subscriber, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E.







 









 

A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




  





84











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




First Schedule




List of Services and Measures for Quality of ServiceA16)







 



	
1.

	
General








	
  

	
1.1.

	
This Schedule includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under the conditions set out in Section B of Chapter E – “Level of Services for Subscribers”.













	
  

	
1.2.

	
The services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the Licensee, unless otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the License.













	
  

	
1.3.

	
Wherever the term: “Support in Various Languages” is used, this denotes support in at least these four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian.













	
  

	
1.4.

	
A43) The Licensee must include in the service dossier at least the following details:













	
  

	
a.

	
Name of the service: Name of the service, including its trade name and a general description of the service.







 



	
  

	
b.

	
Detailed description of the service: Among other things  –







Is it a new service / expansion of an existing service / combination of services / is there any need for a pretrial;


Manner of operating the service;


Date on which provision of the service is to commence;


Availability and measures for quality of service;


Support centers;


Price of the service;


Target audience of the service;


How to order the service;


Process of connecting to the service;


Implications or effects of this service on other services.


 



	
  

	
c.

	
Engineering description:







Description and block diagram of the system;


End-user equipment – dedicated equipment for receiving the service.


 



	
  

	
d.

	
Miscellaneous:







The need for numbering;


Required coordination with other licensees or entities.


 




  





First Schedule - 1











  






 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




	
2.

	
List of ServicesA65















	
  

	
2.1.

	
Basic Telephone Services 













	
No.

	
Name of Service

	
Description of Service

	
Date of Provision

	
Service Quality Measures

	
Comments


	
1.

	
Cellular calls

	
Telephone calls to and from subscribers ofthe license holder to any telephone or other appropriate terminal equipment on another public communication network, in Israel or globally.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%

	  
	
2.

	
Emergency calls

	
Free calls to the emergency services, to be determined by the Director (for example: Police, MDA, Fire Dept., others). The caller will be routed to the emergency center according to the service provider's definition in reference to the subscriber's location.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%

	
According to the Director's instructions.


The caller's telephone number may be identified by the public emergency services call center.


















	
  

	
2.2.

	
Related Services













	
No.

	
Name of Service

	
Description of Service

	
Date of Provision

	
Service Quality Measures

	
Comments


	
3.

	
Callwaiting with option for temporary suspension

	
Subscriber may receive an incoming call while on another call. The subscriber may suspend this service at will.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
4.

	
Call forwarding

	
Forwarding incoming calls to another telephone number, at the subscriber's choice:


Regularly, when the line is busy, when the call is notanswered or in cases of unavailability.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  



 


 










A65 Amendment No. 65




 




  





First Schedule - 2











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
5.

	
Call transfer

	
The subscriber may transfer a call to another telephone number or between 2terminal devices having the same number.

	
* 3/2007

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
In accordance with notice dated March 14, 2007


	
6.

	
Hunting group

	
Determination of a hunt number for the group of the subscriber's telephone numbers; dialing the hunt number will route the call to an available number in the group.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
7.

	
Caller ID

	
Caller's number is displayed on the subscriber's telephonedisplay.

	
In place

	  	
Dependent on the caller's terminal equipment


	
8.

	
Calling ID restriction

	
Allows the subscriber's telephone number to be blocked from display on the call recipient's display. The blocking may be permanent or one-time.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
9.

	
Caller name announce-ment

	
Provides the possibility of identifying the caller by anaudiosignature.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
10.

	
Conference call

	
Supports a call for several subscribers simultaneously.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%

	  
	
11.

	
Closed user group

	
A group of telephone numbers only between which a call may be made.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%

	
On GSM network only.


	
12.

	
Voice mail

	
Storage and the possibility of retrieval of voice messages of persons calling the subscriber in a personal box.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99%

	  
	
13.

	
Advanced voice mail

	
A voicemail system as specified in Paragraph 12 above, plus additional "smart" features includinga visual or voice announcement of incoming messages, the transfer of messages to other platforms and receipt of messages from such platforms.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%

	  



 




  





First Schedule - 3











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
14.

	
Voice activated service

	
Voice activation of telephone and basic services, related services and value-added services.

	
Partially in place, will be expanded in the future

	
70% probability of  good identifi-cation in areas with asignal level higher than 85dbm

	  
	
15.

	
Call tracking

	
Allows the subscriber, during a call, to send the applicant an announcement for the purpose ofsubsequent identification of the source of the call.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
Subject to any law


	
16.

	
Virtual private network (VPN)

	
Allows speed dialing according to a private numbering program.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
For types of subscribers according to relevant distinctions. Currently provided to the business sector.


	
17.

	
Centrex

	
Allows the maintenance of a private network while using the network's resources.

	
In the future

	  	  
	
18.

	
Facsimile services

	
Receipt, storage and retrieval of facsimile messages through the telephone.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
19.

	
Roaming

	
Provision of mobile phone services when visiting Israel (for "roamers" from overseas).


Forwarding calls to a subscriber who is overseas through a holder of a license to provide international communication services and allowing subscribers who are overseas to receive mobile phone services from operators overseas, including callscreening and call-back, and providing mobile phone services and related services to anyone visiting Israel (for roamers from overseas), all through roaming agreements with operators in other countries.

	
2002

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
The service was expanded in 2003 to also include data communications services.





 




  





First Schedule - 4











  






 









































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 














































































 



	
20.

	
Toll free service

	
The maker of the call is not charged.


The subscriber called is charged in accordance with appropriate charge arrangements.

	
3/2010

	  	
According to service file(1800).


	
21.

	
Talk Two

	
One number for several SIM/terminal equipment units.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99%

	  
	
22.

	
Two telephone numbers for one SIM card

	
Definition of two telephone numbers for the same SIM card.

	
*7/2005

	
Availability of the service 99%

	
* According to notice dated June 7, 2005


	
23.

	
Change of number announce-ment

	
A person calling the subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscriber's new number and be given the possibility of routing to the new number at the applicant.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
On GSM network only.


	
24.

	
Camp on busy line

	
Automatic announcement and/or making of a call to a busy line once it becomes free.

	
*3/2004

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
* According to notice dated Feb. 5, 2004


	
25.

	
Personal number service

	
Allows the subscriber to determine that calls to one telephone number be routed to various destinations according to parameters to be determined by the subscriber.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
26.

	
Collect call

	
A call whose cost will be paid by the subscriber receiving the call, after authorization thereof.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
27.

	
Message distribution

	
Distribution of messages to a list of recipients through various platforms.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
28.

	
Over the air services (OTA)

	
Remote update of data and applications on the SIM card/terminal equipment by the license holder. The applications will be run from the SIM card / terminal equipment by the subscriber, on the terminal equipment.

	
11/2011

	
Availability of the service 99%

	  



 









(1800) In accordance with service file "toll free service" ("1-800 service").




 




  





First Schedule - 5











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 







	
29.

	
Account code billing

	
Code billing for one telephone number in separate bills. The subscriber's instruction regarding the account to be charged will be given by entering a code at the beginning of or during the call.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99%

	  
	
30.

	
Star services

	
Allows a call to be made by dialing a speed access code according to an internal numbering program of the applicant.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	  
	
31.

	
SMS – short messages services

	
Transmission and receipt of text, graphics, voice and image messages to and from mobile phone terminal equipmentover the license holder's network, or from terminal equipment on other networks in Israel or overseas which have reached an agreement with the license holder.


Transmission of such messagesfrom a personal computer.


Forwarding of incoming messages to a facsimile machine.


The license holder will support various languages.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99%

	
Dependent on the terminal equipment


	
32.

	
Packet switching data com-munication

	
Connection of the subscriber through the telephone or an independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP communications for packet switching.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 98%


on a best effort basis

	
Dependent on terminal equipment





 




  





First Schedule - 6











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
33.

	
Discon-nection of service

	
Disconnection of service at the subscriber's request.

	
In place

	
To be performed no later than the business day after the date of the subscriber's request

	  
	
34.

	
POC (push to talk over cellular)

	
Making a call by pushing a button on the mobile terminal device.


The call may be private (subscriber-to-subscriber) or for a group on a data communication network.

	
In place(commen-cement)

	
According to service file

	
Pursuant to temporary provision




























	
Temporary Provision

	
The Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services (hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who is a legal entity (individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of cellular end user equipment units permitted use of this service, hereinafter – end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber does not exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any considerable changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the Ministry will consider a shorter period.


 


	
Application

	
This service will not begin before Sunday, the 29th day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004)


	
 


* availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services.













	
  

	
2.3.

	
Value Added Services













	
No.

	
Name of Service

	
Description of Service

	
Date of Provision

	
Service Quality Measures

	
Comments


	
35.

	
Directory assistance

	
Allows receipt of information on telephone numbers and the automatic making of a call to the number in respect of which the information was received.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 67A of the license


	
36.

	
Connectivity to information & enter-tainment services

	
Allows the subscriber connectivity to push or pull information services, entertainment, applications and content, both interactive and non-interactive, through various means of access.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
Dependent on the terminal equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.





 




  





First Schedule - 7











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
37.

	
Access to internet provider services

	
Allows the subscriber access to an internet access provider.

	
In place

	  	  
	
38.

	
Location based information & tracking

	
Receiving and sending information dependent on the location of the telephone, subject to any law.

	
* 3/2007

	  	
* In accordance with notice dated March 14, 2007


	
39.

	
M-commerce

	
Connectivity through terminal equipment for the performance of transactions.

	
In place

	  	
Dependent on the terminal equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.


	
40.

	
Unified messaging

	
Allows the subscriber to receive and send voice messages, speech, fax, SMS, e-mail, applications and multimedia files to and from a unified box, with the possibility of converting the information received from one format to another, and access to information from various means of access.

	
In the future

	
Availability of the service 99.9%

	
Dependent on the terminal equipment


	
41.

	
Telemetry command and control

	
Use of a telephone or cellular modem to receive announcements and to send commands pertaining to the operation of various devices (such as: alarm systems, inventory systems, traffic lights, controls etc.)

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99%

	  
	
42.

	
Sponsored call

	
A call during which the subscriber is exposed to commercial advertising and information.

	
In the future

	  	
Subject to any law


	
43.

	
Video conference

	
Allows visual and audio communication between several users.

	
* 4/2004

	  	
Dependent on the terminal equipment.


* In accordance with notice dated April 4, 2004





 




  





First Schedule - 8











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
44.

	
Instant messaging

	
A messaging service between members of a "community", organization, group of friends, group of persons with a common interest. The subscriber announces his being online and his readiness to receive messages. The service notifies the subscriber of the group member who is located in geographic proximity to him.

	
In the future

	  	  
	
45.

	
Surf & talk

	
Allows the subscriber to receive notice of and answer a call waitingwhile surfing the internet.

	
In place

	
Availability of the service 99%

	
Dependent on the terminal equipment. On GSM network only


	
46.

	
Personal information management

	
Accessto and synchronization of a personal information database through the terminal equipment.

	
In place

	  	
Dependent on the terminal equipment.


	
47.

	
Memo

	
Sending of a voice message as a memo from the subscriber to any telephone on a public network.

	
* 1/2004

	  	
* In accordance with notice dated Jan. 8, 2004


	
48.


A67

	
Filtering of offensive content and sites on the internet

	
Filtering of offensive content and sites while the subscriber is surfing the internet through his terminal equipment, in accordance with the provisions of Section 67G of the license.

	
4/12

	  	
The service is provided to subscribers who use the internet access service for no charge additional to the payment it collects from him for the internet access service.


	
49. A75

	
“Personal Message”

	
A short instruction, notification and warning of the Defense Agencies, sent immediately, selectively and in a focused manner to subscribers with cellular end equipment which supports use of cell broadcast (“CB”) technology;

	
10/2014

	  	
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 65.B and the “personal message” service file





 













A67 Amendment no.67 





A67 Amendment no.67


 








  





First Schedule - 9











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
50. A81

	
Premium Service at Premium Tariff

	
A premium service provided through a designated code allocated for such purpose (1-900, 1-901, 1-902).

	
2/2015

	  	
The service will be provided according to the provisions of Annex P.


	
51 A81.

	
Premium Service at Regular Tariff

	
1)A premium service provided through:


2)A network access code – as an inter-network service;


3)Dialing a landline number – as a nationwide service.

	
2/2015

	  	
Landline number and regular tariff within the meaning thereof in Section 67D1 of the license.














	
  

	
·

	
The availability of the service is a percentage of the timeduring which the service is available, excluding the availability of the basic service.













 









A67 Amendment no.67 



A67 Amendment no.67






 




  





First Schedule - 10











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  






Second Schedule – List of Appendices








	
Appendix A

	
Particulars of Licensee – not available to public;


	
Appendix BA16

	
Engineering Plan - not available to public;


	
Appendix CA60

	
Domestic Roaming;


	
Appendix DA43

	
 


	
Appendix EA16

	
Level of Subscriber Services;


	
Appendix FA8

	
Ordering Of A Service On The Website Of The Licensee Or A Service Provider;


	
Appendix G

	
Insurance Contract - not available to public;


	
Appendix HA16

	
Bank Guarantee - not available to public;


	
Appendix It3t5

	
Special Services for security forces - not available to public;


	
Appendix JA6

	
Access to International Communications Services;


	
Appendix KA7

	
Discontinuation of Services for cellular end user equipments of IS-54 type;


	
Appendix LA12

	
Special Services for security forces - not available to public;


	
Appendix MA12

	
Security Instructions - not available to public;


	
Appendix NA16

	
Letters of Undertaking - not available to public;


	
Appendix OA24

	
Erotic Services











  



A16 Amendment no.16


A60 Amendment no.60


A43 Amendment no.43


A16 Amendment no.16


A8 Amendment no.8


A16 Amendment no.16


A3 Amendment no.3





A5 Amendment no. 5


A6 Amendment no.6 replaced Amendment no.4


A7 Amendment no.7


A12 Amendment no.12


A12 Amendment no.12


A16 Amendment no.16


A24 Amendment no.24




 




  





Second Schedule - 2











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  






Appendix C – DOMESTIC ROAMING







 



1.       In this Appendix




 




	
"Handover1"

	 	
Continuity of a call during its transfer by means of cellular end equipment from the coverage area of a cellular radio center of one licensee to the coverage area of a cellular radio center of another licensee, in a continuous manner, without being disconnected or disrupted.


	 	 	 
	
"Call"

	 	
Including SMS messages, data communication, cellular Internet surfing, use of applications and the like.


	 	 	 
	
"Roaming Licensee's Subscriber"

	 	
Including a subscriber of a cellular licensee on another network, where such licensee utilizes a roaming licensee's network.


	 	 	 
	
"Lockdown"

	 	
A state in which the end equipment of a roaming licensee's subscriber, who roamed to a host network, continues to receive service on the Licensee's network after the termination of the call, even if the roaming licensee has coverage in that area.


	 	 	 
	
"Specifications"

	 	
The current 3GPP2 recommendations regarding domestic roaming as in effect from time to time.







 




	
2.

	
The Licensee shall provide by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service, as stated in section 67E, in accordance with the conditions set out below.









 




	
3.

	
The Licensee shall provide a domestic roaming service, as stated, by one of the following two methods:









 





	 	
(a)

	
Call transfer – The Licensee shall enable the transfer of a call which is being conducted by means of a subscriber's end equipment from a roaming licensee's network to the Licensee's network, when the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area. After the transfer, the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.







 





	 	
(b)

	
Call setup – The Licensee shall enable the setup of a call on its network, by means of the end equipment of a roaming subscriber's licensee, if the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area, or due to locking down of the end equipment of the roaming subscriber on the Licensee's network. Following its setup, the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.









 




	
4.

	
The Licensee shall determine the duration of the lockdown time in accordance with the requirement of the roaming licensee.









 




	
5.

	
The Licensee shall guarantee reasonable and equal conditions for every roaming licensee, as regards the provisions of cellular services by it, including the following:

















7 Handover.




8 3rd Generation Project Partnership.










 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  








	
  

	
(1)

	
Prohibition on discrimination – The scope, nature and quality of the services received by a roaming licensee's subscribers may not be inferior to those provided to the Licensee's subscribers. Insofar as the Licensee creates a distinction between categories of its subscribers, regarding the scope, quality or nature of its services, it shall allow the roaming licensee to maintain the same distinction for its subscribers.







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
Transfer – The Licensee shall allow a roaming licensee's subscribers a one-way transfer, i.e. – from the roaming licensee's coverage area to the Licensee's coverage area, in a continuous manner, without disconnection or interruption of the call.







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
Advanced network – The Licensee shall provide domestic roaming services to a roaming licensee by means of its most advanced network9 and within the lowest frequency utilized by it10; only if it does not have such coverage shall it provide the roaming licensee with domestic roaming services by means of a higher frequency range or by means of an earlier generation network11, all according to the same priority as its own subscribers.







 




	
  

	
(4)

	
Range of services – The Licensee shall enable a roaming licensee to provide the entire range of services the roaming licensee wishes to provide to its subscribers, subject to the host licensee's technical possibilities and provided this does not burden it unreasonably.









 




	
6.

	
The Licensee shall cooperate with the roaming licensee, including by -







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
Blocking sites – The Licensee, at the roaming licensee's request from time to time, shall block the use by the roaming licensee's subscribers in specific coverage areas of sites of the Licensee in which the roaming licensee has coverage.







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
Dynamic update – The Licensee shall update the roaming licensee on a regular basis regarding the data required for domestic roaming support, according to the roaming licensee's needs and in line with the expansion of its network, and regarding changes in the Licensee's network, including traffic data by sites, records of calls12, billing data of the roaming licensee's subscribers, malfunctions, changes in systems, etc., and the Licensee shall also update its systems, as necessary, according to the network data of the roaming licensee.







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
Location data – The Licensee shall provide to a roaming licensee, on a regular basis, real-time location data of the roaming licensee's subscribers who are within the Licensee's coverage area. Such location data shall not be less than those received for the Licensee's subscribers.







 



	
  

	
(4)

	
Visibility - The Licensee shall operate, to the extent possible, in such a manner that a roaming licensee's subscribers do not notice that they are receiving service through the Licensee.


















  



9 UMTS / HSPA / HSPA+ and in the future LTE.





10 For example, a licensee operating UMTS networks within frequency ranges of 850/900 MHz and 2100 MHz, shall provide to the roaming licensee's subscribers services by means of the network within the 850/900 range according to the same priority as its own subscribers.





11 GSM / GPRS / EDGE.





12 Call Details Record (CDR).




 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  










	
  

	
(5)

	
Switching – The Licensee shall transfer all the outgoing and incoming calls through the roaming licensee's network, to enable the roaming licensee to provide to its subscribers all the services it wishes to provide to them, including signaling of failed calls.







 



	
  

	
(6)

	
Intelligent network – The Licensee shall support, to the extent possible, intelligent network services provided by a roaming licensee.







 



	
  

	
(7)

	
Calls to emergency centers – The call of a roaming licensee's subscriber to an emergency center set up on the Licensee's network shall be routed directly to the emergency center by the Licensee, unless the roaming licensee is able to route it to the appropriate emergency center according to the subscriber's geographical location.







 



	
  

	
(8)

	
Compliance with statutory provisions – The Licensee shall cooperate with the roaming licensee for the purpose of complying with any statutory provision issued to any of them, where such cooperation is required by the existence per se of domestic roaming.







 



	
  

	
(9)

	
Handling malfunctions – The Licensee shall repair malfunctions in its systems which impair or could impair the domestic roaming service level agreed upon between the Licensee and the roaming licensee13 or determined by the Ministry.







 




	
  

	
(10)

	Prevention of information transfer – The Licensee shall keep fully confidential any information relating to a roaming licensee, and shall prevent the transfer of any information relating to the roaming licensee from its employees and representatives who handle the operation of the domestic roaming to any other personnel of the Licensee, and particularly the Licensee's marketing and sales personnel.









	
7.

	
The Licensee shall operate, with respect to domestic roaming, in accordance with the Specifications. Where any matter is not regulating in the Specifications, the licensees concerned shall act according to the best engineering practice14.



















13 Service Level Agreement (SLA).



14 Best Engineering Practice.




 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Annex D – Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies


 



	
1.

	
Introduction







 



	
  

	
1.1.

	
The Israeli communications sector constitutes a vital national infrastructure both on a routine basis and in emergencies, and hence requires the License Holder to prepare to ensure continuity of operations in order to continue to provide its services also in emergencies.







 



	
  

	
1.2.

	
The License Holder will implement a comprehensive work plan and will ensure its durability for functioning in emergencies, while ensuring continuity of operations to provide its services.







 



	
  

	
1.3.

	
This annex constitutes a minimal action framework for the License Holder in order to maintain continuity of operations in emergencies, which includes a business continuity program (BCP) and a disaster recovery plan (DRP).







 



	
2.

	
Definitions







 



	 	
“Interim Site”

	 	
-

	
A site containing sub-systems of the network for performance of connection and control of end sites;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Alternative Site”

	 	
-

	
A site held in a state of preparedness and intended for use in an emergency, at which the activity to ensure continuity of operations will continue;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Core Site”

	 	
-

	
A main site which contains central systems of the network including switch, databases, computer systems, storage and a control and management center;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“End Site”

	 	
-

	
A cellular radio center on a license holder’s network;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Sharing Agreement”

	 	
-

	
An active frequency sharing agreement, as defined in Section 19A of the license;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Recovery Target”

	 	
-

	
A target determined by the License Holder for reinstating technological activity and support systems to a defined service level and within a defined time period;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Portable Site”

	 	
-

	
A portable end site;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Continuity of Operations”

	 	
-

	
Ensuring continuity of operations of the License Holder’s services, which includes a disaster recovery plan and a business continuity program;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Plan”

	 	
-

	
Plan to ensure continuity of operations;


	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
“Business Continuity Program”

	 	
-

	
Plan of action carried out by the License Holder in emergencies to ensure continuity of operations of processes that are defined as critical and of the communication, computer and storage systems (BCP).







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
3.

	
Formulation of a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations







 



	
  

	
3.1.

	
The License Holder will formulate a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations which will assist it in emergencies to ensure its ability to operate continuously, to mitigate the harm to provision of its services and to recover its operations; the plan will include at least the following issues:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Analysis of risks to which it is exposed in emergencies, including an analysis of results, repercussions and implications for the ongoing and proper work of the infrastructures and of its services;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Determination of service targets and Recovery Targets for emergencies, in accordance with the analysis of the risks and their implications for Continuity of Operations and continued provision of its services;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
The guidelines specified below in this annex, including the various plans specified below in this annex, while addressing the roles and responsibilities of various functionaries in the management of the emergency situation and actual implementation of the plan;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Assimilation of the plan among the managers, employees, suppliers and subcontractors.







 



	
4.

	
Liability of the board of directors and the management







 



	
  

	
4.1.

	
The License Holder’s board will approve the plan, while addressing the risks to Continuity of Operations and control thereof, as part of the comprehensive work framework for risk management, and shall instruct the License Holder’s management to carry out the same.







 



	
  

	
4.2.

	
The board of directors will discuss the Continuity of Operations issues upon significant technological changes and after a communication failure event, a significant failure in critical IT systems such as the billing system or the customer relationship management (CRM) system, provided that the Continuity of Operations issues are discussed at least once a year.







 



	
  

	
4.3.

	
The License Holder shall appoint a Continuity of Operations manager and shall define his responsibilities and powers, which shall include ensuring implementation of the plan and adjustment thereof to technological changes, the existence of an assimilation plan, practice drills and lesson drawing as well as mapping and monitoring existing deficiencies and reporting thereon to the management.







 



	
  

	
4.4.

	
The plan will be periodically audited by the internal auditor or a senior officer of the License Holder.







 




  





  











  






 

















































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION



































































































 



	
  

	
4.5.

	
The board of directors and the management will define periodic monitoring discussions, documentation and reporting format, within the company.







 



	
5.

	
Management of an emergency situation







 



	
  

	
5.1.

	
The License Holder shall appoint a senior executive to declare the transition from routine work to emergency work in a transition from routine to emergency procedure.







 



	
  

	
5.2.

	
The License Holder shall operate a situation room in emergencies, which includes all of the resources required to manage the situation, including alternative means of communication which do not rely on the License Holder’s network (the “Main Situation Room”).







 



	
  

	
5.3.

	
The License Holder will set up an alternative situation room at another site, at a distance of at least thirty (30) km from the Main Situation Room; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative situation room at a shorter distance.







 



	
  

	
5.4.

	
The situation room will be used by the officers of the License Holder to manage the situation and to operate the plan of action for Continuity of Operations.







 



	
  

	
5.5.

	
The License Holder will appoint a team to manage the emergency situation, to comprise, inter alia, the officers, key decision makers and technology professionals (communications and IT).







 



	
6.

	
Manpower, economic immobilization and emergency economy







 



	
  

	
6.1.

	
The License Holder will act vis-à-vis the Ministry of Economy for its recognition as an essential enterprise pursuant to the Emergency Work Service Law, 5727-1967.







 



	
  

	
6.2.

	
The License Holder will prepare manpower for every operating sector thereof which will allow it Continuity of Operations; the License Holder will validate the manning lists once a year.







 



	
  

	
6.3.

	
The License Holder will ensure regular working conditions and inter alia, on the following matters:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Food, water, sleeping equipment for all of the manned sites;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Equipment, protection, food and water for the field teams (field technician/field maintenance);







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Protected spaces/rooms (floor shelters/apartment shelters) and safe work areas.







 



	
  

	
6.4.

	
The License Holder will maintain one armored vehicle which will allow the activity of a field team. A license holder which operates more than 1,000 sites will maintain an additional armored vehicle; such vehicles shall be owned by the License Holder or supplied through a supplier.







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 



	
  

	
6.5.

	
The License Holder will arrange for a transportation system for its employees to travel to and from its sites according to the manpower standard it has determined for each of its operating sectors as stated in Section 6.2.







 



	
7.

	
Continuity, backup and survivability of the network and the infrastructure







 



	
  

	
7.1.

	
The License Holder’s network will comprise at least two Core Sites at a geographic distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having Core Sites at a shorter distance.







 



	
  

	
7.2.

	
The core systems on the network will operate on BCP architecture, insofar as the technology is available from the equipment manufacturer.







 



	
  

	
7.3.

	
The core of the network will be planned to have no single point of failure, a malfunction in which causes the malfunction of the entire network.







 



	
  

	
7.4.

	
The License Holder will operate a manned management and control center 24/7, 365 days a year, for the monitoring, control and operation of all of the network’s components.







 



	
  

	
7.5.

	
The License Holder will set up an alternative management and control center at another geographic site at a distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative management and control center at a shorter distance.







 



	
  

	
7.6.

	
The alternative management and control center shall include all of the management and control systems required for Continuity of Operations of the License Holder’s services independently, and will be available for immediate action.







 



	
  

	
7.7.

	
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Core Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of a Core Site failure.







 



	
  

	
7.8.

	
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Interim Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of an Interim Site failure.







 



	
  

	
7.9.

	
The License Holder will formulate a contingency plan (without actual rollout of additional infrastructures) which will be operated at failure events to link End Sites in accordance with criteria to be determined by the License Holder.







 



	
  

	
7.10.

	
In the event of a failure at the Core Site or an Interim Site, the backup plans will allow additional reception of at least fifty percent (50%) of the disconnected End Sites.







 



	
  

	
7.11.

	
The License Holder will formulate a plan for regular backup of data and information systems on a routine basis and in emergencies at another geographic site, at a distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve an Alternative Site at a shorter distance.







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
  

	
7.12.

	
The License Holder will maintain backed up transmission infrastructures to link the Core and Interim Sites.







 



	
  

	
7.13.

	
The License Holder will maintain four (4) Portable Sites which will substitute damaged End Sites, to expand coverage or increase capacity; such resources shall be owned by the License Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered into a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain the aforesaid together with the other license holder.







 



	
  

	
7.14.

	
The License Holder will have the independent capacity to roll out and operate the Portable Sites, supply energy and transmission and connect them to the network within twelve (12) hours.







 



	
  

	
7.15.

	
The License Holder will maintain reserve technical equipment for the entire technological system which will allow current continuous maintenance for at least three weeks, without the need to bring alternative equipment from overseas; such equipment shall be owned by the License Holder.







 



	
8.

	
Transmission infrastructures







 



	
  

	
8.1.

	
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the infrastructure and the transmission routes for Continuity of Operations of the transmission services, through landline or wireless transmission.







 



	
  

	
8.2.

	
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the transmission infrastructure connecting the network to the core facilities of another general license holder and any license holder through which it provides the internet access service.







 



	
9.

	
Energy and electricity infrastructures







 



	
  

	
9.1.

	
The License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup, as specified below, for which purpose it may use a supplier:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Core Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation of at least forty-eight (48) hours;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Interim Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation as specified below:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
An Interim Site which connects more than thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twenty-four (24) hours;







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
  

	
(2)

	
An Interim Site which connects up to thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twelve (12) hours.







 



	
  

	
9.2.

	
The License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup at the End Sites for an alternative supply of electricity through batteries for two hours for each End Site whose activity is required to meet the coverage level set forth in the provisions of the license; such batteries shall be owned by the License Holder.







 



	
  

	
9.3.

	
The License Holder will maintain at least six (6) generators for continuous operation of End Sites in the event of a power outage; such generators shall be owned by the License Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered into a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain the aforesaid together with the other license holder.







 



	
  

	
9.4.

	
The License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a subcontractor for the repair and transportation of generators in emergencies.







 



	
  

	
9.5.

	
The License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a supplier for the supply of diesel oil for fuelling in emergencies.







 



	
10.

	
Data and system protection







 



	
  

	
10.1.

	
The License Holder shall formulate a data and system protection plan which shall include protection procedures and responses to data protection events.







 



	
  

	
10.2.

	
The data and system protection plan will be determined in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry and the security forces.







 



	
  

	
10.3.

	
The License Holder will determine the work procedures and rules for remote access upon a data systems event as part of the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.







 



	
11.

	
Suppliers and subcontractors







 



	
  

	
11.1.

	
The License Holder shall ensure that the engagement agreements with the suppliers and the subcontractors regulate the duty of the supplier and the subcontractor to provide the services required by the License Holder to ensure Continuity of Operations in emergencies.







 



	
  

	
11.2.

	
The agreements shall include a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations at the supplier and the subcontractor, including manpower and the resources required to provide the service.







 



	
  

	
11.3.

	
The agreements shall include the participation of the supplier and the subcontractor in drills.







 



	
12.

	
Reinstatement of service in emergencies







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  







	
  

	
12.1.

	
In the event of a significant service interruption in an emergency, the License Holder will reinstate the service according to the reinstatement of service procedure; insofar as possible, the procedure will give priority to the reinstatement of service to vital bodies, including security forces and emergency services, hospitals, emergency centers and government ministries.







 



	
  

	
12.2.

	
The procedure will be formulated such that reinstatement of the communication services will be according to the order specified below:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Dialing and maintaining a voice call between subscribers of the License Holder and between its subscribers and the subscribers of another license holder;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
National and personal messaging (cell broadcast);







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Surfing services;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Sending SMSs between subscribers of the License Holder and between its subscribers and the subscribers of another license holder;







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
The other services.







 



	
13.

	
Restoration of the service







 



	
  

	
13.1.

	
The License Holder will formulate a plan for restoration of its services which includes the following stages:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Immediate restoration – preplanned restoration; such restoration will be carried out within a very short time and almost automatically;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Interim restoration – utilization of existing surplus capacity, including available alternative machines; such restoration will be carried out within several days;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Long-term restoration – installation of new systems; such restoration will be carried out within weeks or months and is contingent on available equipment at the supplier and installation and construction capabilities.







 



	
  

	
13.2.

	
According to the restoration plan, the service level of the various services provided by the License Holder will be determined.







 


 


 



	
14.

	
Assimilation and practice







 



	
  

	
14.1.

	
The License Holder will implement the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations among its employees by instructing and training them.







 



	
  

	
14.2.

	
The License Holder will formulate a periodic practice drill plan which includes all of the scenarios and the critical processes included in the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.







 




  





  











  






 

















































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 






























































































 



	
  

	
14.3.

	
The License Holder will carry out, within the company, a practical and comprehensive drill, once a year, with the participation of an internal control team which shall examine the License Holder’s emergency preparedness; the License Holder will notify the Ministry of the date of holding of the drill at least thirty (30) days in advance thereof and will allow the Ministry’s representatives to attend the same.







 



	
  

	
14.4.

	
The conclusions of the drill will be provided to the License Holder’s management to study and examine required updates to the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations; the conclusions of the drill will be provided in writing to the Director within thirty (30) days after the holding of the drill.







 



	
15.

	
Procedures







 



	
  

	
15.1.

	
The License Holder will formulate designated procedures for various emergency scenarios in the framework of the plan, as specified below:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
Procedure for handling malfunctions and irregular events in emergencies and recovery therefrom;







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
Procedure for skipping and transition to an alternative management and control center;







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
Procedures for backup and survivability of Core and Interim Sites;







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
Operation of portable resources procedure;







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
Procedure for reporting to the Ministry in emergencies;







 



	
  

	
(f)

	
Procedure for operation of the customer service system in emergencies;







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
Procedure for protection and response against data protection events;







 



	
  

	
(h)

	
Reinstatement of service in emergencies procedure;







 



	
  

	
(i)

	
Transition from routine to emergency procedure.







 



	
  

	
15.2.

	
The procedures will be approved by relevant officers at the company and will be updated once a year.







 



	
16.

	
Miscellaneous







 



	
  

	
16.1.

	
This annex will take effect no later than Tuesday, Elul 17, 5775 (September 1, 2015), with the exception of Sections 7 and 9, which will take effect no later than Tuesday, Adar A 21, 5776 (March 1, 2016).







 




  





  











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Appendix E




Appendix E – Minimum Requirements and Level of Subscriber ServicesA16)








	
1.

	
System Performance













	
1.1.

	
The system and its services will fulfill performances, qualities and measures defined in the Engineering Plan – Appendix B.













	
1.2.

	
The system performance and services will not fall, in any event, from the following minimum requirements:













	
  

	
1.2.1.

	
Digital Technology: the system and the services under the extension of the license will be operated using digital technologies, according to relevant international standards.













	
  

	
1.2.2.

	
Service Coverage: Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, all services will be provided in the entire coverage area of the system, keeping up minimum requirements in the matter of quality of service, for twenty four (24) months from the date on which the service for pay commences.







 



	
  

	
1.2.3.

	
Quality of Service:













	
  

	
(A)

	
In this section:













	
  

	
(1)

	
“Blocked Calls”: calls that cannot be established or messages that cannot be sent immediately upon entering the order to connect because of non-availability of cellular system resources or resources for connection between the cellular system and other systems;













	
  

	
(2)

	
“Dropped Calls” – calls stopped not by the initiative of the subscriber caller/connector or that of the receiving subscriber;







 



	
  

	
(B)

	
Quality of service in cellular system will not be less than the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
the amount of blocked calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);













	
  

	
(2)

	
The amount of dropped calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);







 



	
  

	
(C)

	
The system will uphold the requirements set out in sub-sections (A) and (B) ninety-nine percent (99%) of the time during maximum use hours;













	
  

	
(D)

	
Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, the system will reach the level of requirements set out above by no later than twenty four (24) months from the date of start of provision of such services for pay; from that time, said quality of service will be upheld in all the system’s coverage areas;







 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-1 











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Appendix E


 



	
  

	
(E)

	
The number of blocked and dropped calls will be measured as follows:













	
  

	
(1)

	
measure will relate to the time span of one hour;








	
  

	
(2)

	
the maximum use hour to which the measure will refer will be the busiest hour of the system, on the day the measure is taken;








	
  

	
(3)

	
The measure will be taken at the maximum use hours on each of five (5) consecutive work days as stated;








	
  

	
(4)

	
The final number indicating the likelihood of blocked and dropped calls will refer to the average of the five (5) measured over the five (5) said consecutive work days, and for each type of service provided by the system;













	
  

	
(F)

	
Measurement and calculation will be performed for each cell separately, for each switch separately, and for the entire system; notwithstanding the aforesaid, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may allow exceptions to the provisions of section 1.2.3, after having been satisfied that there is a true difficulty in performing the measure and calculations as stated, provided an alternative measuring and calculation system is proposed.













	
1A.

	
LTE Technology Network A78


 


	
1.1A

	
Definitions:


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Population”

	 	
-

	
The entire population in the Area according to publications of the Central Bureau of Statistics;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Rollout Ratio”

	 	
-

	
The ratio between the number of households in Towns in the Periphery and the number of households in Towns in the Center;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Town in the Center”

	 	
-

	
A town that is defined by the Central Bureau of Statistics as an “intermediate (clusters 5,6)”, “central (cluster 7)” and “very central (clusters 8, 9, 10)” town;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Town in the Periphery”

	 	
-

	
A town that is defined by the Central Bureau of Statistics as a “very peripheral (clusters 1, 2, 3)” and “peripheral (cluster 4)” town;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Road”

	 	
-

	
The area (length * width) of any road whose number is up to a total of 4 digits, and a national and local railway track, in the area of the State of Israel, during the period of the license; with the width of the road or national and local railway track including the actual width of the road / track + 5 meters on each side of the road / track;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Population Concentration”

	 	
-

	
An area in which there is, from time to time or continuously, a population concentration such as declared public beaches, sports stadiums, parks, nature reserves, markets etc.;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Coverage Level”

	 	
-

	
Transmission and reception of electromagnetic signals which allow the adequate functioning of any service to mobile CMR end equipment at a height of one and a half (1.5) meters above ground level;


 


For this purpose, adequate functioning of a service shall be deemed as service provided within the coverage area, while meeting the minimum requirements with respect to the quality of the service as specified in this section;





 









A69 Amendment No. 69


A78Amendment No. 78




 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-2 











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E


 


	  	
“Area”

	 	
-

	
The entire area to which the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel apply.


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Blocked Calls”

	 	
-

	
Calls and data communication or connections that cannot be established or messages that cannot be transmitted immediately upon the communication establishment order due to the unavailability of network resources or resources for connection between the network and other networks;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Dropped Calls”

	 	
-

	
Calls and data communication or connections that are disconnected other than at the initiative of the subscriber initiating the call / connection or the call recipient.





 



	
1.2A

	
Rollout Obligations for an LTE Technology Network


	 	 
	  	
Upon the establishment of an LTE technology network, the license holder shall act as follows:


 


(1)       It shall submit a rollout plan for the LTE technology network in the format set forth in the provisions of this annex, no later than thirty (30) days after the effective date; the rollout plan shall constitute part of the engineering plan. In this section, the “effective date” – the date of granting of rollout approval for an LTE technology network.


 


(2)       The rollout plan shall include the following data:


 


(a)   It shall specify all of the towns in Israel, according to the publication of the Central Bureau of Statistics, divided into two groups – Towns in the Center and Towns in the Periphery; alongside each town shall be stated the number of households in such town, as well as the total number of households in Towns in the Center and in Towns in the Periphery; opposite each town shall be stated the planned date for completion of the rollout plan in relation to such town;


 


(b)   It shall specify all of the Roads, according to the publication of the Central Bureau of Statistics; alongside each Road shall be stated the road number and opposite each Road shall be stated the planned date for completion of the plan for rollout along the Road.


 


(3)       The license holder may update the rollout plan and change the order of the towns or the Roads in which the network rollout is planned, by giving notice to the Director thereof up to 30 days before the date planned for the rollout, provided that the updated rollout plan meets the provisions set forth in this annex.


 


(4)       The network rollout pace will be as follows:


 


(a)   The license holder shall roll out the network at a Rollout Ratio no less than one (1).


	 	 








	
2.

	
Customer and Subscriber Services Quality Measures













	
2.1.

	
Service to provide information to customers and subscribers: will be provided through a telephone call to a call center, on the license holder's website, by e-mail and by facsimile; such service may be provided also through a representative in a service station open to the public, through an IVR system, SMS, chat or by regular mail. A69







 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-3 











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 


  




Appendix E





	
2.2.

	
Standards for accessibility and provision of information:













	
  

	
(A)

	
A56A call center will be manned twenty four (24) hours a day, for receiving calls regarding theft or loss of cellular end-equipment, a network malfunction leading to termination of all cellular services to the subscriber and the "international roaming service", all days of the week except on Yom Kippur. 

A73For the purpose of inquiries regarding an international roaming service – the licensee is required to allow any subscriber who is Abroad to contact the said call center free of charge, provided that the inquiry is made via a telephone number which is on the licensee's network. The licensee shall publish the telephone number for calls from Abroad on its website.





















	
  

	
(B)

	
A56The call center will be manned at least thirteen (13) hours a day Sundays through Fridays, and five (5) hours a day on Fridays and eves of holidays for receiving calls pertaining to a problem in receiving cellular services, which is not a malfunction as stated in subsection (a), and in connection with the Licensee's services.


















	
  

	
(C)

	
The reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the Director observe that the waiting time at the call center is not reasonable, he may set measures for response time.













	
  

	
(D)

	
A caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a message box to leave a message, and will receive a reply on the following day.













	
  

	
(E)

	
The Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact it for provision of information and for queries, such as:








	
  

	
-

	
Computerized voice system IVR;








	
  

	
-

	
queries via post;








	
  

	
-

	
queries via fax;








	
  

	
-

	
queries via e mail.













	
  

	
(F)

	
The Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of the call center in the following ways, among others:








	
  

	
-

	
In the engagement agreement with the subscriber;








	
  

	
-

	
In the bills sent to the subscriber;








	
  

	
-

	
In any document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter relating to customer services;








	
  

	
-

	
In telephone directories and in telephone information centers.







 










A69 Amendment No. 69





A56 Amendment No. 56





A56 Amendment No. 56





A56 Amendment No. 56




 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-4 











  












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Appendix E


 



	
  

	
(G)

	
A58 The Licensee may not use a telephone number with a cell phone area code for a fax service for the purpose of receiving complaints from the public.









	
 

	
(H)

	
A58Access to all call centers for reporting malfunctions, loss will be via a toll-free service (1-800 service).The Licensee will enable or theft (hereinafter – problem reporting center") access to the problem reporting center from 


any national domestic network.










	
  

	
(I)

	
A58 Subject to that stated in subsection (h), access to all call centers for matters pertaining to the Licensee's services will be by means of each of the following:









	
 

	
(1)

	
A network number to which access is free of charge;










	
  

	
(2)

	
A split-charge call service (1-700 service) or a toll-free service (1-800 service).













	
2.3.

	
Bills to Subscribers













	
  

	
(A)

	
Bills to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
monthly charge (fixed charge)








	
  

	
(2)

	
duration of calls or air time (minutes, seconds)








	
  

	
(3)

	
volume of data use (MB,kB) – if the service provided is charge by volume of data transmitted.








	
  

	
(4)

	
Other charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic commerce).








	
  

	
(5)

	
Combination of the above charge methods.













	
  

	
(B)

	
Structure of the Bill












Bills will be sent in a fixed form, as follows:







(1) Following payment; the bill will serve as a receipt, including:


the amount for payment not including VAT, rate of VAT and total for payment including VAT. In this section, the identifying particulars of the Licensee will be specified, and the identifying particulars of the subscriber.








	
  

	
(3)

	
The Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to the subscriber.













	
  

	
(C)

	
Production and delivery of bills













	
  

	
(1)

	
The Licensee will produce monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other time with subscriber’s consent.













	
  

	
(2)

	
A subscriber who wishes to disconnect from the Licensee shall receive a final bill on the nearest possible date, and no later than two months after the disconnection date. A61Where the subscriber and the Licensee agreed on payment in installments for end-equipment purchased by the subscriber from the Licensee, and the subscriber's contract with the Licensee is cancelled before the subscriber has paid all the installments on the end-equipment which he purchased from the Licensee, the Licensee will send the subscriber a final invoice for the Licensee's services, and thereafter the Licensee will be entitled to send the subscriber invoices only in respect of the debit for the end-equipment. A58







 










A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A61 Amendment No. 61








 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-5 











  




 







	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  







Appendix E








 




A final invoice will be titled 'Final Invoice'.








	
  

	
(3)

	
Void T52













	
2.4.

	
A43)Measures for Handling Public’s Applications







 



	
  

	
(A)

	
Level of handling a written complaint – The response times for complaints will be up to 14 workdays; the response for 5% of complaints will be within a month.







 



	
  

	
(B)

	
Measures for quality of service of the service centers –








	
  

	
-

	
90% of applications will be handled directly by the service representatives, up to completion.








	
  

	
-

	
Not more than 10% of applications, some due to escalation of complaints, will be referred to more senior levels.







 



	
  

	
(C)

	
Applications clarified by the senior level – In any case where the Public Ombudsman’s reply to a complaint does not satisfy the applicant, the application will be passed on to the managerial level, which will examine the it again and reply directly to the applicant. In any event, the applicant will receive a response within 30 days from the day of his application.













	
2.5.

	
A70 Manner of Use of an Electronic Graphic Signature








	  	
 


(a)       Identification of subscriber – the Licensee shall identify the subscriber before modifying an engagement agreement or having him sign a new engagement agreement, through a photo-bearing I.D. or a power of attorney together with an I.D. of the attorney.


 


(b)       Use of a digital screen – the Licensee shall allocate for the subscriber's sole use, throughout performance of the transaction until completion thereof, a digital screen, and shall allow the subscriber reasonable time to inspect the entire agreement and to understand the content thereof before being required to sign the same.


 


(c)       Signature by the subscriber – the "access to services form" and the documents relevant to the agreement shall be marked and signed only by the subscriber.


 


(d)       Fixed signature – each signature will be separately locked and fixed in place, with the unique characteristics thereof, such that it will be possible to prove that this signature is not the result of the "copying and pasting" of another signature of the subscriber signed elsewhere in the engagement agreement or in other documents.  Further to the aforesaid, each signature shall have an information layer in addition to the signature – which shall document the exact time of the signing thereof (precise date and time accurate to within a second).


 


(e)       "Locking" of an agreement – Upon completion of the execution of the entire agreement, the agreement document shall be "locked", such that it will be possible to identify any modification of the agreement after the date of signing. The "locking" of the agreement by a secured electronic signature or an approved electronic signature ("Electronic Signature") of the Licensee, within the meaning thereof in the Electronic Signature Law, 5761-2001, immediately after the execution thereof by the subscriber, shall be deemed as reasonable means of locking the agreement and protecting it against changes.





 










A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).



T52) Amendment No. 52.








 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-6 











  






 






















































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 
































































































Appendix E












 


	 	
(f)       Document Retention – the Licensee will retain documentation of any and all of the agreement documents in accordance with the requirements of Section 113.1 of its license, and shall regularly take measures to prevent the undocumented addition or omission of documents to the electronic archive system. A Licensee will take the necessary measures and processes in order to ensure that the content of the agreement is retained without modification from the date of the drafting thereof and throughout the retention period, considering technological changes or changes in the encryption methods used to retain documents. A Licensee may prove to the Ministry at any time that it took such measures and processes.


 


(g)       Receipt of a copy of the engagement agreement –


(1)   The subscriber may choose between two options for the receipt of documents at the time of consummation of the transaction (by checking one of two boxes):


((a)) Box one – to receive only the "plan summary pages" (up to 2 pages);


 


((b)) Box two – to receive the full signed agreement.


 


(2)   The subscriber shall confirm his choice by his signature. The space for the signature shall be adjacent to the said two boxes.


 


(3)   A subscriber who requests to receive only the "plan summary pages" will need to state his e-mail address or his fax number, to one of which the full signed agreement shall be sent (including 2 "plan summary pages").


 


(4)   The e-mail address or the fax number to which the full agreement shall be sent will be typed in by the sales representative (on his own keyboard).


 


(5)   The address or fax number shall appear beneath and adjacent to the said boxes.


 


(6)   The subscriber shall confirm by an additional signature that this is the e-mail address or fax number, to one of which the agreement shall be sent.


 


(7)   As a consequence of the aforesaid: any subscriber who does not have an e-mail address or a fax shall receive the full agreement at the time of consummation of the transaction.


 


(h)      Identification of the representative – any agreement shall include unequivocal identification of the representative who had the subscriber sign (full name and signature).


 


(i)       The Licensee shall retain in its possession a signed copy of the engagement agreement; such copy will be available at the Licensee for presentation to the Director within five (5) working days from the date of the engagement;


 


(j)       If the subscriber requests to make a change to the terms and conditions of the engagement agreement, including a request to receive an additional service, to cancel a service, or to join a service plan – printed notice bearing the name or logo of the Licensee shall be delivered to the subscriber upon the request for the change, stating the details of the change made, the date of its taking effect and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber and their original signatures. The signed notice shall be available at the Licensee for presentation to the Director within five (5) working days from the date of fulfillment of the subscriber's request.


 


(k)       Cold Calling – the rules specified above shall also apply to cold calling.














  





Second Schedule - Appendix E-7 











  






 




	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E1


 


  


Appendix E1 T52 - Fair Disclosure in Telephone Bills







General







For the purpose of this Appendix, “telephone bill” means a bill submitted by a licensee to a subscriber for services it provided to the subscriber itself or for services provided to the subscriber by any other licensee or service provider using the collection services of the licensee for the purpose of collection of payment from the subscriber.








	
1.

	
The telephone bill (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Bill”) to be presented by the licensee to a subscriber shall be clear, legible and comprehensible; the Bill shall include accurate details about the components of the charge demanded, as set forth in this Appendix.













	
2.

	
The Bill shall include the following parts:













	
  

	
A.

	
“Billing Summary”;













	
  

	
B.

	
“Billing Details” including:













	
  

	
1)

	
Details of fixed charges, variable charges, one-time charges, credits and reimbursements, within the meaning in section 8 E of this Appendix;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Information on usage patterns;













	
  

	
C.

	
“Call Details”.













	
  

	
3.

	
The Bill shall be constructed using a bottom-up method, with its bottom level being Part C - “Call Details”, above it Part B - “Billing Details” and at the top level Part A - “Billing Summary”.







 



	
  

	
4.

	
The Company name and logo shall be displayed on each page of the Bill, including on the “Call Details”.







 



	
  

	
5.

	
The licensee shall issue a “Billing Summary”, “Billing Details” and “Call Details” for each telephone number separately. The licensee may issue to a subscriber holding several telephone lines one “Billing Summary” to refer to all the telephone numbers in the possession of the subscriber, provided that the “Billing Summary” sets forth each of the telephone numbers to which the Bill relates (see examples 1 and 2). “Call Details” and “Billing Details” shall be issued by the licensee for each telephone number separately. Notwithstanding the above, a subscriber in possession of several telephone numbers may demand from the licensee to receive a separate “Billing Summary” for each telephone number in his possession. In this regard, a PRI line shall be deemed one telephone number.







 








T53) Amendment No. 52.




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-1











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Appendix E1


 


 



	
  

	
6.

	
Amounts in the Bill shall be rounded off and shall be set forth according to the provisions of section 2.2.2 of Israeli Standard 5262 - “Honesty in Billing and Fair Disclosure in Telephone Bills” (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Standard”) and the provisions of the General License on this matter. It should be clarified that in respect of the manner of calculating the billing amount, in contrast to the manner of presenting the “Call Details”, and the “Billing Details”, as determined in the provisions, the licensee must calculate this pursuant to the tariff provided in the Regulations, with no rounding off.







 



	
  

	
7.

	
The Ministry of Communications’ website in the section on “General Licenses” has examples of telephone bills drawn up pursuant to the detailed provisions of this Appendix (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Examples”). The Examples are based on telecommunications agreements and tariff plans marketed in 2008 by the general licensees. The examples are for the sake of illustrating the mode of implementation of the provisions only. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions and the Examples, the binding version is that in the provisions.







 



	
  

	
Part A - “Billing Summary”







 



	
  

	
8.

	
The following details shall be presented in the “Billing Summary”:







 



	
  

	
A.

	
Subscriber Details -







 



	
  

	
1)

	
First name;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Surname;







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Address;







 



	
  

	
4)

	
Customer number;







 



	
  

	
5)

	
Telephone number and/or PRI line number by means of which the services on account of which the Bill is presented to the subscriber were provided;







 



	
  

	
B.

	
Licensee Details -







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Company name;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Company management address;







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Customer service telephone and facsimile numbers;







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-2











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 




 


Appendix E1


 



	
  

	
4)

	
Company website address.







 



	
  

	
C.

	
Dates -







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Billing date;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Billing period;







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Last date for payment of Bill - in respect of a Bill not paid by standing order or by credit card.







 



	
  

	
D.

	
Notices to Subscriber







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Notice on the option of filing a complaint to the licensee’s public complaints commissioner, about his powers and the ways of contacting him. To the extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its license to notify every subscriber about the option of filing a complaint with the licensee’s public complaints commissioner on the telephone bill, the licensee shall present a notice on the option of filing a complaint with the licensee’s telephone call center and about the ways of contacting it.







 



	
  

	
2)

	
The licensee’s address, telephone number, facsimile number and email address by means of which the subscriber may request the licensee to stop the service or deliver the licensee a notice of cancellation, within the meaning in section 13D of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981. To the extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its license to provide for the sending of a request to stop the service by email, it is not obligated to present such email address.







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Information on offers and personal notices to the subscriber, at the decision of the licensee.







 



	
  

	
E.

	
Billing charge exclusive of VAT, as set forth below:







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Fixed charges - charges applying to the subscriber not dependent on the scope of usage;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Variable charges - charges applying to the subscriber dependent on the scope of usage;







 



	
  

	
3)

	
One-time charges, such as charges for “Exit Fee”, linkage and interest differentials charge for a monetary debt, charge for collection expenses, etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “One-Time Charges”);







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-3











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E1





	
  

	
4)

	
Credits, such as credit for return of old terminal equipment, credit for a subsidy on terminal equipment, etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “Credits”);







 



	
  

	
5)

	
Financial reimbursements for surplus charges (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “Reimbursements”).







 



	
  

	
F.

	
Total payment amount will be presented as set forth below:







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Total payment amount exclusive of VAT; the amount shall be calculated according to the charges summary presented in the “Subtotals Summary” and the “Billing Summary”;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
VAT amount;







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Total payment amount, plus VAT.







 



	
  

	
F.

	
All charges appearing in the “Billing Summary” shall be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point.







 



	
  

	
Part B - “Billing Details”







 



	
  

	
9.

	
Part 1 of the “Billing Details” will include information on fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements, as set forth below:







 



	
  

	
A.

	
“Billing Details” will include general information on the tariffs plan according to the terms of which the subscriber is charged, including details of its main tariffs, inclusive of VAT. Details of the main tariffs will be presented exclusive of VAT for business subscribers.







 



	
  

	
B.

	
If the subscriber’s agreement includes a commitment period the licensee must note on every bill in the “Billing Details” the following details:







 



	
  

	
1)

	
The duration of the commitment period and its date of expiration; the provisions of this subsection shall not apply in respect of a transaction where there is no obligation to give a collection notice as stated in section 13A(d)(2)(b) of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981.







 



	
  

	
2)

	
The payment the subscriber will be asked to pay if he requests to terminate his agreement with the licensee prior to the expiration of the commitment period to the company or the tariff plan (“Exit Fee”) in the course of the billing period following the present billing period (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Subsequent Billing Period”). In the event that the amount of the Exit Fee changes throughout the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference for determining the amount of the Exit Fee shall be the middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example 1).







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-4











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  











Appendix E1




















	
  

	
3)

	
To the extent that payment of the Exit Fee also includes payment for subsidizing terminal equipment, the aforesaid payment shall be presented separately. In the event that such payment amount is variable throughout the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference will be the middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example 1).







 



	
  

	
4)

	
The licensee will present to the subscriber written details in respect of the mode of calculation of the Exit Fee within 14 days of the date the subscriber submitted a request to the licensee’s customer service center or the public complaints commissioner.







 



	
  

	
C.

	
“Billing Details shall be presented by means of a table composed of columns and rows, as set forth in the Examples.







 



	
  

	
D.

	
Each service provided to the subscriber in the course of the Billing Period shall be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate row, with the following details:







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Name of service; the name of the service shall identify as clearly and as accurately as possible, the service provided to the subscriber; respecting a service provided to the subscriber not by means of the licensee, the licensee shall present the details of the service provider, including its name and a telephone number by means of which it can be contacted;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Quantity; quantity measured in time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes: seconds). Quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a decimal number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Tariff; the tariff will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels, to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The tariff is composed of several payment components, such as one tariff for the licensee’s services and a second tariff for reciprocal link or for international phone service, will also be presented as one inclusive tariff (see Examples 1 and 2). Calls in respect of which the tariff varies in the course of performance, such as a transition from off-peak to peak rates and from peak to off-peak rates, a change in tariff in the course of a conversation, including a conversation started within the scope of a “pay as you go” plan and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance, will be presented collectively within the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” service; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated by dividing the charge amount in the “Subtotal Row”, within the meaning in section 11I of the Appendix by the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A). To the extent that a call in the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” is presented as set forth in the concluding part of section 11L below, the “Average Tariff” will not be required to be presented and the tariff will be presented according to each segment separately (see Example 5 - Version B).







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-5











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E1


 



	
  

	
4)

	
The charge amount; the charge amount will be calculated by multiplying the quantity by the tariff and it will be identical to the charge amount appearing in the “Call Details” in the “Subtotal Row”; the charge in the “Subtotal Row” in the “Call Details” of each segment of a “Call at a Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” will be included in the “Account Details” within the scope of the appropriate category of service (see Example 5 - Version B).







 



	
  

	
5)

	
In the event that there is also a fixed charge for each individual call, the number of calls made and the fixed tariff per call shall also be presented in the same row and the charge amount shall be calculated by multiplying the number of calls by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see Example 4).







 



	
  

	
E.

	
The “Fixed Charges”, “One-Time charges”, “Credits”, “Reimbursements” and "Linkage differences and interest" as specified in sections 60.8 and 83A A58, shall each be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate group (see Examples 3 and 5).







 



	
  

	
F.

	
The licensee shall notify the subscriber in the Bill of his option to request written details in respect of the mode of calculation of A58 the “One-Time Charge”; the licensee will furnish the subscriber with such written details within 30 days of the date of submission of a request by the subscriber on the matter to the licensee’s customer service center or the customer complaints commissioner (see Examples 3 and 5).







 



	
  

	
G.

	
Charges may also be noted in the “Billing Details” for sale of terminal equipment and charges for services which are not telecommunication services.







 



	
  

	
H.

	
The “Billing Details” shall include subtotals of charge amounts exclusive of VAT, for fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements (“Subtotal Row”).







 



	
  

	
I.

	
The final charge amount will be presented exclusive of VAT, and alongside such amount will be presented the charge amount inclusive of VAT.







 



	
  

	
J.

	
The licensee must note in the “Billing Details” a comment whereby to the extent that there is a difference between the charge amount and the subtotal of charge amounts set forth in the Subtotal Rows of the “Billing Details”, they originate in the fact that the charge amount was calculated according to tariffs to a higher degree of accuracy than that determined in the provisions of the license and the Standard.







 



	
  

	
K.

	
All charge amounts appearing in the “Billing Details” will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point, unless expressly determined otherwise.







 


 












A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).





A58 Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).








 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-6











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E1


 



	
  

	
10.

	
In Part 2 of the “Billing Details” the licensee shall present in graph form or in any other manner in respect of each telephone number to which the telephone bill relates information about usage patterns, as set forth below:







 



	
  

	
A.

	
The rate of utilization of each package of services included in the tariffs plan to which he is a subscriber, including packages of services granted to a subscriber within the scope of the fixed charge;







 



	
  

	
B.

	
Details of charges according to categories of services;







 



	
  

	
C.

	
Distribution of call minutes and text messages according to categories of licensees on whose network the call was completed (internal network, external network according to category of licensee - mobile radio-telephone, internal domestic fixed line telephony).







 



	
  

	
Part C - “Call Details”







 



	
  

	
11.

	
The details set forth below shall be presented in the “Call Details”:







 



	
  

	
A.

	
“Call Details” shall include information about all the services provided to the subscriber in the period to which the Bill relates.







 



	
  

	
B.

	
Each “category of service” shall be set forth in a separate group under the heading of the service name, with each item in the “category of service” being presented in a separate row, pursuant to the provisions of subsection 11E. Respecting PTT services, no details are required for each call separately.







 



	
  

	
C.

	
Presentation of data in relation to each “category of service” appearing in the “Call Details” will be carried out in ascending chronological order.







 



	
  

	
D.

	
“Call Details” will be presented in table format pursuant to the details in the Examples.







 



	
  

	
E.

	
In respect of each item appearing in the “Call Details”, at least the following data shall be noted:







 



	
  

	
1)

	
Date of performance of call or text message or internet surfing;







 



	
  

	
2)

	
Time (hh:mm:ss);







 



	
  

	
3)

	
Call destination (if any);







 



	
  

	
4)

	
Quantity;







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-7











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  




Appendix E1


 


 



	
  

	
5)

	
Tariff exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point.







 



	
  

	
6)

	
Charge amount exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point.







 



	
  

	
F.

	
The tariff presented shall be the tariff according to which the subscriber is charged, viz., for example, after a discount, if any, the cheaper tariff offered to the subscriber within the scope of any offer, etc.







 



	
  

	
G.

	
The quantity, tariff and charge amount will be presented in adjacent columns if possible, so that the quantity multiplied by the tariff will give the charge amount. If there is also a fixed charge per call the quantity of calls made and the fixed charge per call shall be presented and the charge amount will be calculated by the quantity of calls multiplied by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see Example 4).







 



	
  

	
H.

	
Quantity measured by time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes: seconds); quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a digital number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point; the quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.







 



	
  

	
I.

	
Any “Category of Service” appearing in the “Call Details” will include a summary row in which will be set forth the total quantity for which the subscriber is charged and the total charge amount in respect of such “Category of Service” exclusive of VAT (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Subtotal Row”).







 



	
  

	
J.

	
Any charge amount appearing in the “Subtotal Row” will be presented in the “Billing Details” as a decimal number to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point, with the quantity presented alongside.







 



	
  

	
K.

	
The presentation of each Subtotal Row shall be made in a prominent manner.







 



	
  

	
L.

	
A call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof, such as a transition from off-peak to peak rate or from peak to off-peak rate, a change in tariff in the course of the conversation, including a conversation starting within the scope of a “pay as you go” program and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance thereof, will be presented within the scope of “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call”; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated by dividing the charge amount into the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A). A call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof may also be presented in another form in which the charge tariff, the quantity and the charge amount, as well as the total charge of the call will be presented in respect of each segment of such call (see Example 5 - Version B).







 



	
  

	
M.

	
The licensee may provide a subscriber making an express request, with Call Details in chronological order in which the calls were provided with no separation between categories of services, provided that it notifies the subscriber within the scope of the “Call Details” that he may receive “Call Details” also pursuant to the format determined in section 11(b).







 




  





Second Schedule- Appendix E1-8











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 




Appendix E2


 


A73Annex E2 – Access to Services Form









	
Form for Access to Services through the Cellular Device that are Billed in the Telephone Bill


	  	
Name of the license holder


Methods for submission of the form:


Address


E-mail address


Facsimile no.


Date: ___________________










	
I, whose details are stated below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated in this form, as follows:


The Subscriber's Details


The subscriber's name / the company's name: ______________ I.D./P.C. ________________   Address: ________________ Telephone number: ____________________


Check according to your choice and sign. Please be advised that partial checking and signing means that the possibility of receiving the service will be blocked.


	
No.

	
Type of Service

	
Blocked

	
Open

	
Subscriber's Signature


	
1.

	
Cellular internet in Israel including surfing on the license holder's cellular portal (blocking does not prevent surfing in Israel via WiFi).

	
☐

	
☐

	  
	
1A.

	
Cellular internet Abroad including surfing on the license holder's cellular portal (blocking does not prevent surfing Abroad via WiFi). open indication in this section does not include availability for roaming services in Jordan and Egypt.


 


(Note that if you choose "blocked" and purchase, at a certain stage thereafter, a plan/package which includes internet, the blocking will be discontinued by [company's name] and we shall thereafter block you again once you have used up the package in full or the plan/package has expired, whichever is earlier)

	
☐

	
☐

	  









	
2.

	
One-time content and/or information service

	
a.

	
One-time receipt or downloading of content via the internet, viewing and/or listening thereto (such as: one-time downloading or viewing of a video, listening to a song, downloading a ringtone, downloading a video, downloading a game).

	
☐

	
☐

	 
	 	 	
b.

	
One-time sending of a special rate text message to vote in a program broadcast on television (such as: one-time voting in a reality show).

	
☐

	
☐

	 
	 	 	
c.

	
One-time giving of a donation by sending a text message (such as: a one-time donation to an association).

	
 

	
 

	 





 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix E2-1











  






Appendix E2


 



	 	 	d.	
One-time receipt of information (such as: one-time information on transportation routes, professionals, financial information).

	
☐

	
☐

	 
	
3.

	
Continuous content and/or information service – subscription

	
a.

	
Receipt or downloading of content via the internet, viewing and/or listening thereto other than on a one-time basis (such as: a subscription to download or view videos, a subscription to a music service, a subscription to download ringtones, a subscription to download videos and a subscription to download games).

	
☐

	
☐

	 
	 	 	
b.

	
Receipt of content and/or information other than on a one-time basis (such as: a subscription to receive news updates, a subscription to receive sports results, a subscription to receive trivia questions and a subscription to receive diet recipes).

	
☐

	
☐

	 








	
In an engagement in the presence of a representative of the licensee – I represent that this form has been marked and signed by


Name of the licensee's representative: _________________ Signature of the licensee's representative: ___________________ 


The subscriber's signature: ___________________












  





Second Schedule - Appendix E2-2











  











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  




 


Appendix F












 


APPENDIX F – ORDERING OF A SERVICE ON THE WEBSITE OF THE LICENSEE OR A SERVICE PROVIDERA61


 


1.       Ordering a Service from the Licensee


 



	
  

	
1.1

	
Ordering a Service from the Licensee







 



	
  

	
The ordering of a service on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal (both hereinafter – the "Site") shall be done according to one of the alternatives detailed in sections 1.2 or 1.3.







 



	
  

	
1.2

	
Random Code







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, his subscriber number15.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was ordered, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
If the subscriber is not blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS including the following:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
A random code of five (5) digits (hereinafter – the "Sent Code").







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
The subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, the Sent Code.







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
The Licensee shall compare the Sent Code and the code entered by the subscriber as stated in subsection (d) (hereinafter – the "Entered Code").







 



	
  

	
(f)

	
If the Entered Code is identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service was approved, and in the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service.







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
If the Entered Code is not identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity.







 


 










A61 Amendment No. 61



15 Mobile Subscriber Number (MSN).






 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix F-1











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  




 














Appendix F


























 



	
  

	
1.3

	
User Code and Password







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The Licensee shall display on the Site, next to the place designated for ordering the service, prominently and in a clear and legible manner, the following details:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing." In the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service.







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The subscriber shall enter on the Site the user code and the password set or approved for him by the Licensee (hereinafter – the "Identity Code").







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall display to the subscriber a message addressed exclusively to him on the Site, notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was ordered, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service.







 



	
  

	
(d)

	
The Licensee shall compare the Identity Code and the user code and password set by it for the subscriber and saved in its system (hereinafter – the "Saved Code").







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
If the Identity Code is identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall provide the service to the Licensee.







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
If the Identity Code is not identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber a message addressed exclusively to him through the Site, notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity.







 



	
  

	
2.

	
Ordering a Service from a Service Provider







 



	
  

	
2.1

	
The ordering of a service on the website of a service provider shall be done in the following manner:







 



	
  

	
(a)

	
The subscriber shall enter on the website of the service provider (hereinafter – the "Service Provider's Site"), in the place designated for that purpose, his subscriber number1.







 



	
  

	
(b)

	
The service provider shall send the Licensee a message including the subscriber number, the type of service requested and the details of the service as set out in paragraph (d) below.







 



	
  

	
(c)

	
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was requested, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the subscriber is blocked for the service.







 


 






1 Mobile Subscriber Number (MSN).






 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix F-2











  










	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 




Appendix F


 



	
  

	
(d)

	
If the subscriber is not blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS including the following:







 



	
  

	
(1)

	
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."







 



	
  

	
(2)

	
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.







 



	
  

	
(3)

	
A random code of five (5) digits (hereinafter – the "Code").







 



	
  

	
(e)

	
The subscriber shall enter on the Service Provider's Site, in the place designated for that purpose, the Code.







 



	
  

	
(f)

	
The service provider shall send the Licensee the code that was entered by the subscriber as stated in paragraph (e) (hereinafter – the "Entered Code").







 



	
  

	
(g)

	
The Licensee shall compare the Code and the Entered Code.







 



	
  

	
(h)

	
If the Entered Code is identical to the Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service was approved, and in the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the registration for the service was approved by it.







 



	
  

	
(i)

	
If the Entered Code is not identical to the Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the registration for the service failed.











 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix F-3











  






 







	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 







   Appendix J













Appendix J –Accessibility to International Telecommunications Services A6)








	 	
1.

	
Definitions













	 	
1.1

	
In this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions noted at their sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context:


















	
Bezeq International  -

	 	
The Bezeq International Company Ltd. ;


	 	 	 
	
Barak -

	 	
Barak I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications Services;


	 	 	 
	
Chance caller -

	 	
A Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international operator, using a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2;


	 	 	 
	
Subscriber number (or telephone number) -

	 	
A group of numbers in a certain order, including area code, the dialing of which should create a telecommunication’s connection between the reading subscriber’s end user equipment and the reader subscriber’s end user equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call answering center of a licensee2


	 	 	 
	
International operator -

	 	
Anyone providing international telecommunications services to the public in Israel under a general license from the Director;


	 	 	 
	
Chosen operator -

	 	
An international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions of section 43


	 	 	 
	
Access code -

	 	
A group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which allows access to a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing additional codes, as needed, and the subscriber number, should create a telecommunication connection to the subscriber’s end user equipment4 ; if the access code is a manned call center, the service is given via the operator.


	 	 	 
	
Short dialing code -

	 	
“00” ” and “188” access code, designated to receive international telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as explained in section 2;


	 	 	 
	
Golden Lines -

	 	
The Golden Lines International Communications Services Company;


	 	 	 
	
Subscriber ascription

	 	
The technically defining action an internal operator performs in his switch so that his subscriber’s calls, performed through a shortened dialing code, are channeled into the chosen operator’s switch;


	 	 	 
	
Outgoing ITMS calls -

	 	
 Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee subscriber;


	 	 	 
	
Ingoing ITMS calls -

	 	
Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by an international caller;


 





 









2 The phone number is determined by the licensee, according to rules and directives prescribed by the Director.



3 A chosen operator may be Bezeq International, Barak or Golden Lines.





4 for example: dialing an access code for international services, and after a country code, area code in that country and telephone number of the designated subscriber abroad






 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-1











  














	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION























 


 Appendix J






























 




	
International Telecommunications Services -

	 	
Telecommunications services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director, via an international operator’s international telecommunication services;


 


	 	 	 
	
 ITMS service

	 	
International telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile messages, in an international telecommunications system.


 













	
1.2

	
Words and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning as defined in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set out in the appropriate places in the Licensee’s general license and in the International Operators’ licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context.


















	
2.

	
Allocation of Access Code













	
  

	
2.1

	
A Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators’ switches, for access to international telecommunications’ services, using the following codes:













	
  

	
(A)

	
double-digit access code – the ‘00’ access code, which will serve as short access code for international telecommunications services provided by a chosen operator; the Licensee will channel a subscriber dialing the prefix ‘00’ to the chosen operator;













	
  

	
(B)

	
triple-digit access code – an access code of ‘01X’ type, which will serve as an access code for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user; the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix ‘01X’ code to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the international operator’s code, according to the following:













	
  

	
1.

	
‘2’ – code for Golden Lines’ services;








	
  

	
2.

	
‘3’ – code for Barak services;








	
  

	
3.

	
‘4’ – code for Bezeq International services;













	
  

	
(C)

	
‘188’ access code – that will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber dialing ‘188’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operator’s operator services;













	
  

	
(D)

	
four-digit access code – numbers of the ‘18XY’ type, that will serve as an access code for various international telecommunications services of any and all international operators; any subscriber dialing ‘18XY’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the code of the international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is any number from 1 to 9 and the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be determined by the Director, under advisement with the international operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition; each international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/ these numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operator’s subscribers and for chance callers.







 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-2











  











 



	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION









  Appendix J






 







	
  

	
2.2

	
If the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code (such as +), instead of the “00” dial code (hereinafter: a special code), all the provisions and rules applicable to the short “00” dial code will apply to the special code as well.













	
  

	
2.3

	
Dial by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for outgoing ITMS calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes of the 01X type, and four-digit access codes of the 18XY type; upon dialing a short access code or a special access code, a voice announcement will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes available to him.












2A. A23 Subscriber Access to Outgoing ITMS Calls :








	
  

	
2A.1

	
The Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing ITMS calls:













	
  

	
(D)

	
as an ascribed subscriber.








	
  

	
(E)

	
As blocked








	
  

	
(F)

	
As a chance caller only.


















	
3.

	
Blocking Outgoing International Calls and Removal of the Blocking













	
3.1

	
The Licensee will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect incoming ITMS calls for any subscriber requesting to block access to international services or subscribers for whom the international service for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance with the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS calls except collect calls.













	
3.2

	
If a block for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscriber’s request, the Licensee will remove the block as follows: A23













	
  

	
(A)

	
If the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice international operator who shall serve as his “chosen operator”, by his signature on the appropriate form; notice given by means of facsimile  will be deemed notice in writing given to by the subscriber in this matter.













	
  

	
(B)

	
If the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the Licensee of such; if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the requesting party’s identity.













	
3.3

	
The Licensee will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in accordance with the subscriber’s request, according to the following:













	
  

	
(A)

	
70% - Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after 1500 hours will be deemed having been received on the following work day;







 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-3











  















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 









Appendix J






 







	
  

	
(B)

	
20% - within two working days of receipt of notice;













	
  

	
(C)

	
the rest – within 5 working days.













	
3.4

	
The Licensee will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS calls cannot make outgoing calls using ‘00’ dialing code, ‘01X’ dialing code, ‘188’ or ‘18XY’ dialing codes, or using any other code that may come in place thereof A23 .


















	
3.5

	
The Licensee may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for outgoing ITMS calls or for removal of the block.













	
3.6

	
Notwithstanding that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to block outgoing ITMS calls before initiation of services for such subscriber, free of charge.













	
3.7

	
The Licensee will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS calls has been blocked receive appropriate voice message when dialing access codes or telephone numbers for international services.













	
3.8

	
If a subscriber who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS calls, the Licensee shall notify such to the chosen operator, within seven (7) working days of the date of performance of the block.







 








	
4.

	
Choosing a Chosen Operator













	
4.1

	
A Licensee’s subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on a signed form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen operator through whom such wishes to receive international telecommunications services using ‘00’ or ‘188’ access codes; the form will including the particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when instruction regarding the appointment was given. The form will explain that any phone number may have one chosen operator only, and such will fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international operator’s license7 (hereinafter: the ascription form).













	
4.2

	
Subscribers may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the ascription form; for initial ascription made at the subscriber’s request, the subscriber will not be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber may be charged a reasonable fee for any change in the ascription.













	
4.3

	
The chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscriber’s having chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice); ascription notice will include the subscriber’s particulars - first name and last name, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed; the chosen operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with the ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via magnetic media files, or in any other manner agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operators. If two or more ascription notices are given to the Licensee, relating to the same telephone number, the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later date and hour.







 






7 Attention is called to section 52.3 of the Bezeq license, and section 56.4 to the Golden Lines and Barak license.






 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-4











  




 
































	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  






 





















































Appendix J






 









	
4.4

	
If a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note, in the request to the international operator of his choice to engage with as a chosen operator; the Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose a chosen operator for himself or to block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services as a chance caller only; ascription services to a chosen operator or connection as a chance caller, and blocking outgoing ITMS calls will be given to new subscribers, at the time of initial registration, free of charge A23 .













	
4.5

	
In order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Licensee will act as follows:













	
  

	
(A)

	
the Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to choose one  chosen operator will be for certain subscriber lines, and another for other subscriber lines;













	
  

	
(B)

	
VoidA2A23 .













	
  

	
(C)

	
the Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of receipt of ascription notice form the chosen operator A2A23.













	
  

	
(D)

	
The Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of said subscriber ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including change of ascription at the time and under such plan as agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator; the report will include particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe to the international operator.













	
  

	
(E)

	
A20 The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription to all international operators (hereinafter: the modification file), containing the particulars of the subscribers who ascribed to the international operator or who unsubscribed on that day. The modification file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure as shall be agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for.  effect













	
  

	
(F)

	
The Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the prescription of rules and limitations on the matter of  subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out the technical or operational reasons on which such request is based; if the Director consents to the Licensee’s said request, at his professional discretion, the Director will prescribe the time frame for the applicability of said rules and limitation;







 









effect This amendment will go into effect by no later than Thursday, the 29th of Nissan, 5763 (May 1, 2003)




 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-5











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 







 



Appendix J






 









	
  

	
(G)

	
The Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the 15th of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the report will be correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the date of the report, and will include the following:













	
  

	
(1)

	
The number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications services;













	
  

	
(2)

	
The number of subscriber engaged for international services using short dialing codes or using special codes, for each of the international operators;













	
  

	
(3)

	
A23 The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance dialers only.













	
  

	
(H)

	
If there should be any disputes between the international operator or between the Licensee and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers choosing a chosen operator, the matter will resolved by the Director, or resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed by the Director, at his exclusive discretion.













	
4.6

	
The Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the ‘00’ prefix or any other special prefix for access to international telecommunications services, or channeling a call to a Licensee’s subscriber located abroad using an international operator (follow-me subscriber service) to the chosen operator.













	
5.

	
Void A23













	
6.

	
Block for short dialing code













	
6.1

	
Subject to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for short dialing code for any subscriber so requestingA23 .








	
6.2

	
The Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the Licensee will channel the subscriber’s calls using the double-digit ‘00’ prefix and the ‘188’ prefix to an announcer playing a recorded announcement stating the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian: “This service is blocked, for further details please dial ___ (a telephone number of the announcer under the provisions of section 6.7)A23 .







 

 



	
6.3

	
Void A23













	
6.4

	
Void A23













	
6.5

	
Void A23













	
6.6

	
Void A23













	
6.7

	
The Licensee will operate the voice announcement  24 hours a day, including Saturdays and holidays, using such method and wording allowing a subscriber to receive an explanation regarding the ascription and overseas dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian; the explanation will include the following matters:







 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-6











  






 








	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  







 Appendix J








 







	
  

	
(A)

	
Performance of ascription – the ascription process and where to call in order to request the ascription form;













	
  

	
(B)

	
How one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for short dialing codes;













	
  

	
(C)

	
The option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such block;













	
  

	
(D)

	
Where one may call in order to find out about additional matters – telephone numbers of international operators.













	
7.

	
Interconnection













	
7.1

	
The Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications system, directly or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in a manner allowing provision of international telecommunications services to all subscribers through the international telecommunications services of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming ITMS calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (‘188’ service, as stated in section 2.2(A)), “Direct Israel” services, collect service (from abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service (incoming and outgoing), calling card services, from any destination abroad and to any destination abroad.













	
7.2

	
The technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee and any international operator will allow the provision of the following to all subscribers:













	
  

	
(A)

	
Quality service, including service quality control and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding quality of service;













	
  

	
(B)

	
Accurate and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding incorrect billing and tools and means of identification and prevention of fraud and deception;







 


 


	
  

	
(C)

	
Consumer response to subscriber’s queries and questions, including tools and means of providing an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating subscriber’s queries in all matters related to receipt of international services.













	
7.3

	
In order to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act, inter alia, as follows:













	
  

	
(A)

	
Allow any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to make international calls at any time via his chosen international operator or as a chance caller, using dialing methods set out in section 2;













	
  

	
(B)

	
Allow all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be given in return for a reasonable charge,









 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-7











  










 




	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW  


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


  


  Appendix J










 







	
  

	
(C)

	
Take reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator without his knowledge or against the subscriber’s wishes (“slamming”); these measures will include identification of the subscriber and verification of the subscriber’s right to receive service;













	
  

	
(D)

	
Give all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the name of their chosen operators;













	
  

	
(E)

	
The Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international operators, including in all matters regarding the commercial conditions, billing and collections arrangements, availability of connection installations and quality of service; without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all international operators under equal conditions including in the matter of interconnection, provision of infrastructure installations and connection services to the network, performance of changes in switching, in installations, protocols and network interface;













	
  

	
(F)

	
The conditions for interconnection between the Licensee’s system and the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be reasonable and non-discriminatory; if the parties have not reached any agreement, the Minister will determine matters between them;













	
  

	
(G)

	
A copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in the matter of interconnection will be delivered to the Director;













	
  

	
(H)

	
Any international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing to make payments to the Licensee designated for the international operator for services used via the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be given over, whether such subscriber was an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will include the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone number.













	
  

	
(I)

	
A22 Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services from   subscribers ascribed to such international operator, and who have chosen to receive billing and collections services directly; the Licensee will have any vital   information required by the international operator at his disposal allowing the international operator to provide billing and collection services for such aforesaid ascribed subscribers;













	
  

	
(J)

	
A22 Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for such charge not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has chosen to receive billing and collection services from the international operator.













	
7.4

	
The international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the interconnection including the process of survey and blocking short dialing codes, and, if so required, for a subscriber’s initial ascription to a chosen operator; the rate of payments, as stated, will be determined under negotiation between the Licensee and the international operator; the Licensee’s shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular international operator will be divided equally between all international operators; if the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister will prescribe instructions in these matters, after giving the parties a fair opportunity to argue their claims before him.







 


 


First Schedule – Void A23







Second Schedule – Void A23


 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix J-8











  















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


 


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












  



  Appendix K

















Appendix K – Discontinuation of Service to Cellular End-User Equipment of the IS-54 typet7













	 	
Definitions

	
1. In this appendix -













	
“Old technology phone” –


 

	 	
A cellular phone operating on IS-54 format;


	
“New technology phone” -

	 	
A cellular phone operating on IS-136 format;


	
 


“Upgradeable telephone”  -

	 	
 


An old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology phone;


	
 


“Date of cessation of service” -

	 	
 


The date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old technology phone owner.


	
 


“Eligible customer” -

	 	
 


The Licensee’s subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old technology telephone and has not exchanged or upgraded it to a new technology phone;


	
 


“Telephone Number” -

	 	
 


The number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who lawfully purchased an old technology phone and connected to the Licensee’s network;


	
 


“Upgrade” -

	 	
 


Exchanging the software version of the telephone  upgrades the telephone, wherein it becomes a new technology phone.


















	
Discontinuation of service


 

	 	
2.

	
Notwithstanding the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services to eligible customers, provided all the following provisions apply:


 


	
Publication

	 	
3.

	
(A)  The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the date of cessation of service.


(B)   The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of cessation of service.


 


	
Exchange of telephone

	 	
4.

	
The Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for a new technology telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer, on 





 



7 Amendment 7


 






  





Second Schedule - Appendix K-1











  






 












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 













  Appendix K










 



	
 

	 	
 

	the basis of accessory for accessory, including the installation thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features than the new technology telephone’s features, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.









	
Upgrade

	 	
5.

	
The Licensee will upgrade an eligible customer’s upgradeable telephone, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.


 


	
Telephone number

	 	
6.

	
The Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer before the date of cessation of service for a period of six months from the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may exchange the telephone number of an eligible customer who did not exchange the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did not upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period.


 


	
Notice of Application


 

	 	
7.

	
The Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing of the day of Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and shall furnish the Director with copies of the notices as published.


	
Period

	 	
8.

	
The Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on the date of publication prescribed in sub-section 3(A) above for a period of 7 years from the date of cessation of service.


 


	
Conditions of service

	 	
9.

	
The provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition of service, as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications Law.









 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix K-2











  

















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












  



  Appendix K-1


















 


A63Appendix K-1 – Discontinuation of Service for Cellular End Equipment in a Cellular System Using the IS-136 (TDMA) technology.












1.       Definitions


 


 In this appendix –


 



	 	
"Day of Service Discontinuation"

	
December 31, 2011 or an earlier date, if no initiated calls are made in the system operating by the IS-136 (TDMA) technology (hereinafter – the "old system") by entitled subscribers during at least 14 consecutive days.


	 	 	 
	 	
"Entitled Subscriber"

	
A subscriber, excluding a dormant subscriber to which the service was discontinued, who prior to the day of service discontinuation held obsolete equipment and has still not replaced or upgraded it to new equipment.


	 	 	 
	 	
"Phone Number"

	
The phone number given to an entitled subscriber holding obsolete equipment.


	 	 	 
	 	
"New Equipment"

	
Cellular end equipment, including a battery and charger, reconditioned or new according to the Licensee's choice, operating at a minimum on a system using the GSM technology, of Nokia 6070 model or another model with features not inferior to those of the said model.


	 	 	 
	 	
"Obsolete Equipment"

	
Cellular end equipment operating on the obsolete system and its accessories, including end equipment which is out of order or missing.







 



	
2.

	
The Licensee shall discontinue the provision of cellular service to a subscriber holding obsolete equipment, starting from the service discontinuation day.







 



	
3.

	
Publication of Service Discontinuation







 



	
  

	
3.1

	
The Licensee shall publish, in at least three major dailies in Israel one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the service discontinuation, an appropriate notice notifying the public of the discontinuation of activity of the system using the IS-136 (TDMA) technology and the services provided to its subscribers through that system, in accordance with the provisions of this appendix (hereinafter – the "first notice"). In addition, it shall send a written notice similar to the first notice to each entitled subscriber whose address is registered with the Licensee. The Licensee shall submit the contents of the first notice to the Director for approval prior to its publication.







 



	
  

	
3.2

	
The Licensee shall publish, in three major newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of service discontinuation, an additional notice, in accordance with the provisions of this appendix (hereinafter: the "second notice"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee is entitled not to publish a second notice as stated, if no entitled subscriber exists on that date.







 



	
  

	
3.3

	
The Licensee shall send an entitled subscriber a voice message and an SMS concerning the discontinuation of the service, by one week before the day of service discontinuation.
















A63 Amendment no. 63






 




  





Second Schedule - Appendix K1-1











  






 











	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












  



  Appendix K-1


















 





	
  

	
3.4

	
The Licensee shall publish a notice similar to the first notice also on its website, starting from the date of publication of the first notice until 30 days after the publication of the second notice.







 



	
4.

	
End Equipment Replacement Process







 



	
  

	
4.1

	
The Licensee shall do the following, without any direct or indirect consideration:







 



	
  

	
a.

	
It shall replace for each entitled subscriber the obsolete equipment with new equipment.







 



	
  

	
b.

	
For an entitled subscriber with a speaker, it shall replace the speaker with a reconditioned or new speaker compatible with the new equipment. In this regard, replacement – including installation of the speaker.







 



	
  

	
c.

	
It shall grant a warranty for the new equipment and for the speaker, as the case may be, for a period of no less than two years from the day of publication of the first notice.







 



	
  

	
(All that stated in section 4.1 above – "upgrade".)







 



	
  

	
4.2

	
The upgrade process shall be carried out at any of the Licensee's service and sales center, during two years from the day of publication of the first notice.







 



	
  

	
4.3

	
An entitled subscriber who is a "prepaid" subscriber with an unutilized payment balance, and who is not interested in upgrading the obsolete equipment held by him, shall receive from the Licensee the balance of the payment. Such a subscriber shall be entitled to a refund of the unutilized balance, after showing the obsolete equipment, from the day of service discontinuation until the end of the validity of such balance.







 



	
5.

	
 

	
Phone Number







 



	
  

	
5.1

	
The Licensee shall keep the phone number of an entitled subscriber that was allocated to him before the day of service discontinuation, during one year from the day of service discontinuation, before it is returned to the pool of phone numbers of the Licensee, unless the entitled subscriber notifies the Licensee of his wish to keep the number that was allocated to him for an additional year.







 



	
6.

	
 

	
Notice of Inception







 



	
  

	
6.1

	
Without derogating from that stated in section 3.1, the Licensee shall give the Director prior written notice regarding the day of service discontinuation and the publications days as stated, and shall furnish to the Director photocopies of all the notices, as stated in section 3.














  





Second Schedule - Appendix K1-2











  






 












	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












  



  




















Appendix O – Erotic Servicest36 effect







1. Definitions







1.1 In this appendix –








	
Licensee -

	
One who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO or cellular services;


 


	
Telephone bill -

	
A bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services provided;


 


	
Writing -

	
Including via facsimile or electronic mail;


 


	
Service number -

	
A number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee, given by dialing a telephone number, subject to the provisions of the numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the dialing of which, following a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access to the service;


 


	
Services provider -

	
One who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service is made through the telephone bill; in the matter of erotic services provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is achieved through a service number;


 


	
Erotic promo

	
Broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide information on a service following or to encourage the use thereof, provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without additional charge beyond the charge for a telephone call collected via the telephone bill;


In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic promo.


 


	
Area code

	
A national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic services;


 


	
The network -

	
The Licensee’s public telecommunications network.


 


	
Erotic services -

	
Audio broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including recorded messages, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, including services for  dating, chats, or sending messages between chance callers, designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes, which are any of the following:


 


(1)       A service provided through the dialing of a telephone number 





 









A36 Amendment no. 36



effect This amendment will go into effect on the 1st of Nissan, 5766(March 30, 2006)





 






 




  





  











  




















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












  



  

	
 

	
given by a service provider;

 


(2) An access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia files, held by the Licensee or by another provider of the service with the Licensee’s consent (hereinafter: the “cellular portal”).


  


In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the service or for charging for it;



  












 
























	
Payment regulations -

	
The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Payment for Telecommunications’ Services), 5765 – 2005;


 


	
Special payment -

	
 A price fixed as stated in section 6, which the subscriber is required to pay for erotic services in addition to the regular payment;


 


	
Payment Per time -

	
A special payment, the rate of which is determined by the amount of time the subscriber used the erotic service;


 


	
Regular payment -

	
One of the following:


 


(A)  For a call within the network – a payment that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee regarding a call to another subscriber in the same network;


 


(B)   For a call from one cellular network to another cellular network or to a NDONDO network – payment as set out in sub-section (A) plus a payment that does not exceed NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);


 


(C)   For a call from the Bezeq company network to a cellular network – a charge that does not exceed that prescribed by the letter D in table A in the First Schedule of the Payment Regulations, plus NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);


 


(D)  For a call from a NDONDO network, except the Bezeq company network, to a cellular network – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between NDO subscribers and NDO, with respect to another subscriber number within the same network, plus NIS 0.50 per minute.


 


(E)   For erotic services given via the cellular portal – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee with regard to access service to the cellular portal.


	  	  





2.  Access through Dialing








	
2.1

	
Subject to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through dial-up will be made available to subscribers via an area code and service number.













	
3.

	
Allocation of Service Number













	
3.1.

	
In the matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may allocate a service number to a service provider; in such case, the Licensee will allow the service provider to provide services to both the Licensee’s subscribers as well as subscriber to other licensees.







 









A76 Amendment no. 76




 




  





  











  




 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  







 









	
4.

	
Blocking Access













	
  

	
4.1.

	
A. A38 A Licensee will block access to erotic services from all end-user equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the aforesaid, for the purpose of blocking access to erotic services given though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use of a means of blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently block access to said service.













	
  

	
B. A38 Should the Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that an erotic promo is being given through the Licensee’s telephone line or network, without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said line, or block the line from receiving incoming calls;













	
4.2

	
A subscriber 18 years of age or more may request the Licensee remove a block imposed as described in section 4.1AA38 from his end user equipment.













	
4.3

	
A request for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally, provided the Licensee has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate identification of the requesting subscriber.








	
4.4

	
If a subscriber has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove the block within a reasonable time, in a manner allowing the subscriber access to erotic services via the end user equipment in his possession.













	
4.5

	
If a block has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber requests that his end user equipment again be blocked for such services, the Licensee shall perform the block at the soonest possible opportunity, and by no later than 2 work days from the date of receipt of the subscriber’s request.













	
4.6

	
The first removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscriber’s request as stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the Licensee may charge the subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional blocking access to erotic services or for additional removal of such block, made at the subscriber’s request.


















	
5.

	
Early Registration













	
  

	
5.1 Notwithstanding that stated in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission of which will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of this section do not derogate from the provisions of sections  4.2 and 4.3 above.


















	
6.

	
Special Payment













	
6.1

	
If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed by the Licensee or in agreement between the Licensee and the services provider.













	
7.

	
Charging the Subscriber













	
7.1.

	
If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the Licensee’s phone bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the Licensee’s other services, unless the subscriber has requested otherwise.







 


 



A76 Amendment no. 76




 




  





  











  




 






	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  







 









	
7.2.

	
The Licensee shall provide the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10) working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as follows:













	
  

	
(A)

	
The service number the service allocated;













	
  

	
(B)

	
The date and time service was provided;


















	
  

	
(C)

	
Billing time units – when charging per time – the number of time units charged or the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according to traffic volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units transferred;













	
  

	
(D)

	
The sum charged for the service.












The Licensee may collect a reasonable fee for specification of the special payment.








	
8.

	
Mandatory Tender













	
8.1

	
If a special payment has been fixed for erotic services provided through the network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will play a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the following details:













	
  

	
A.

	
The essence of the service;













	
  

	
B.

	
Rate of special payment for the service, according to payment per time or per traffic volume, as the case may be;













	
  

	
C.

	
The option to discontinue the service, without charge, before the signal is heard, as stated in section 8.4.













	
8.2

	
The recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic service is provided, in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and without recording defects.













	
8.3

	
At the start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message will be played announcing the language in which the service is provided, and after, the recorded message will be played, as stated in sections 8.1 and 8.2, in the language in which the service is provided.













	
8.4

	
Upon completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller will have a 5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the start of the erotic services; if the caller disconnected the call before the signal was heard, he will not be charged the special payment. Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on his end user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service, and will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so acts.













	
8.5

	
If a special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the cellular portal, the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price of the service in an obvious and clear manner, providing the subscriber the option to disconnect from the service without being charged the special payment.













	
9.

	
Licensee –Services Provider Relations













	
9.1

	
The Licensee may allow a services provider to perform telecommunications  operations via its installations in order to provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt from the duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the provisions of section 3(5) of the Law.







 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  








	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  







    









	
9.2

	
The Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis, in the agreement between the Licensee and the services provider, in such manner that the services provider will be obligated to fulfill said provisions.













	
9.3

	
The Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a services provider, upon demand.













	
10.

	
Interconnection













	
10.1

	
The conditions for interconnection between the network and the Licensee’s public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of billing and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network to another licensee’s subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee; if the parties cannot reach an agreement, the Minister will decide on the matter.













	
10.2

	
The Licensee will, upon demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said interconnection.













	
11.

	
General













	
11.1

	
The Licensee will be responsible to handle all erotic services customer complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service, and problems of billing and collection in connection with the service, and will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee himself provides the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic services customer complaints regarding the service content as well.













	
11.2

	
The Licensee may not disconnect, stop or harm the basic telephone services of a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such, however, the Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of the erotic services.













	
11.3

	
The Licensee may not provide a subscriber’s particulars to another services provider or to others, without the subscriber’s written consent , and only after verification of the authenticity of such consent.













	
11.4

	
A Licensee shall, within three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider, without charge:













	
  

	
A.

	
The name and address of the provider;








	
  

	
B.

	
The telephone number at which such provider may be reached.













	
11.5

	
The provisions of this appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensee’s subscribers only.








	
11.6

	
The Licensee may himself provide erotic services, and the provisions of this appendix will apply thereto, mutatis mutandis.







 


 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












    
























Annex P – Premium Service Provided at a Premium Tariff A76








	
1.

	
Definitions

	  	 	  
	 	 	 	 	 
	
1.1

	
In this Annex:

	  	 	  
	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“License Holder”

	
-

	 	
An entity which received a general license by virtue of the law;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Host License Holder”

	
-

	 	
A License Holder through whose Network the Service Provider provides its services;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Source License Holder”

	
-

	 	
A landline or mobile domestic License Holder, whose Subscriber wishes to purchase a Premium Service;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Service Order”

	
-

	 	
Any action initiated by the Subscriber for the purpose of receiving a Premium Service, including calling a Dialing Code, entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, entering a password and entering a code;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Telephone Bill”

	
-

	 	
A bill submitted by a License Holder to a Subscriber for services provided to him;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Writing”

	
-

	 	
Including via facsimile or e-mail;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“International Operator”

	
-

	 	
An entity which received a general license to provide international telecommunications services;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Subscriber”

	
-

	 	
A subscriber of the Source License Holder;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Service Number”

	
-

	 	
A 10-digit telephone number determined according to the provisions of the numbering plan and the instructions of the Directorate in this regard, which includes a designated Dialing Code plus several digits, which the Host License Holder allocates to a Service Provider, and the dialing of which allows a Subscriber access to a Premium Service;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Service Provider”

	
-

	 	
An entity which provides Premium Service through a License Holder’s telecommunications Network, the payment for which is made through the Telephone Bill;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Dialing Code”

	
-

	 	
A national dialing code, in a format determined by the Ministry for the purpose of accessing a Premium Service;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Network”

	
-

	 	
A system of telecommunications facilities through which a License Holder provides its services;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Premium Service”

	
-

	 	
Voice message announcement or visual message presentation service, including a recorded message, which is provided through a telecommunications device, directly or indirectly, inter alia for one of the following purposes: the provision of information and content, entertainment, advice, dating service, chat, entering a competition, a lottery, a game or a vote or service provided over the internet, and with the exception of an erotic service; for this purpose, “indirectly” – including by way of making contact from 





 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 
















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 








	 	 	
 

	 	
the Subscriber’s end equipment or entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, including on the internet, as a condition to provision of or charging for the service;





 




























	  	
“Premium Tariff”

	
-

	 	
The tariff for payment for a Premium Service is in accordance with the requirement of the Host License Holder; this tariff shall include a tariff for completing the call on the Host License Holder’s public telecommunications Network, which is determined pursuant to the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnect), 5760-2000, and with respect to a service that is provided by an International Operator as a Host License Holder, the tariff shall include the payment to be retained by the International Operator;


	 	 	 	 	 
	  	
“Regular Tariff”

	
-

	 	
The tariff collected from the Subscriber by the Source License Holder, in accordance with the tariff plan set forth in the engagement agreement between it and the Subscriber16.





 



	
1.2

	
Words and expressions in this annex that have not been defined in this section will bear the same meaning as in the law, in the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981, in Section 1 of the license or as specified elsewhere in this annex, unless another meaning is implied by the context.


	 	 
	
2.

	
Access to Service and the Duty of Universality


	 	 
	
2.1

	
A Source License Holder will allow every Subscriber access to any Premium Service provided on all of the Networks of the license holders.


	 	 
	
2.2

	
A Host License Holder will allow all callers of all license holders access to the Premium Services provided through its Network.


	 	 
	
2.3

	
A Host License Holder and a Source License Holder will allow provision of Premium Services only through the Dialing Code and Service Number.


	 	 
	
2.4

	
Referral to the Dialing Code will be made only in order to receive a Premium Service; referral to such Dialing Codes for other purposes, including charging and collection arrangements, customer service or administration, is absolutely prohibited.


	 	 
	
2.5

	
The license holder will block access to a telephone number, including an international number, without the Dialing Codes for a Premium Service, insofar as it is informed by the Ministry or otherwise learns that a Premium Service is provided through this telephone number.


 


	
3.

	
Duty of a recorded announcement and notification to the Subscriber


	 	 
	
3.1

	
Immediately after consummation of the engagement, and before providing a Premium Service, the Host License Holder will play a recorded message to 







 


 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 
















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW 


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







 


 



	
 

	the caller, in the language in which the service is provided, using clear and universally understandable words, and without interference on the recording. The recorded message will include the following details, according to the following order: 

 


(a) The nature of the service;


(b) The Premium Tariff, in addition to the Subscriber’s Regular Tariff;


(c) The maximum tariff that may be collected for the service;


(d) The maximum duration determined for the purpose of receipt of a Premium Service, if determined;


(e) The possibility available to the caller to disconnect the call before commencement of provision of the service, without being charged, until the end of the sounding of the signal as specified in Section 3.2.





  































	
3.2

	
Upon completion of the sounding of the recorded announcement as stated in Section 3.1, and before commencement of provision of the service, the Host License Holder will sound a special signal to the caller, following which he shall be afforded at least 5 seconds to disconnect the call, without being charged the Premium Tariff. The license holder may afford the Subscriber the possibility of confirming receipt of the service by pressing a certain key on the end equipment in his possession to start the provision of the services before expiration of the said time.


	 	 
	
3.3

	
If access to a Premium Service is blocked as stated in Section 7.1, the Source License Holder shall play a recorded message to the Subscriber whereby such service cannot be received, due to blocking of the access to the Dialing Code. The license holder may specify, in the recorded message, the ways of removing the blocking.


	 	 
	
4.

	
Purchase of a Service


	 	 
	
4.1

	
Upon completion of the process stated in Section 3.2, the caller will be afforded the possibility of purchasing the Premium Service.


	 	 
	
4.2

	
The service purchase will be made for each service separately, and according to the Dialing Code, and the purchase of a certain service shall not be deemed as the purchase of an additional service, whether the same service or another service.


	 	 
	
5.

	
Price of the Service


	 	 
	
5.1

	
For all of the Dialing Codes specified below, the service tariff for the Subscriber will be the Premium Tariff for the service plus the Regular Tariff.


	 	 
	
5.2

	
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-900, a maximum sum of NIS 0.5 per calling minute may be charged, and no more than NIS 30 for the entire call.


	 	 
	
5.3

	
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-901, a maximum sum of NIS 50 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was collected on a one-time basis or the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.


	 	 
	
5.4

	
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-902, a maximum sum of NIS 100 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was determined on a one-time basis or the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.





 


 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 

















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












 


 





























	
5.5

	
Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.2-5.4, the binding Premium Tariff is the tariff provided to the Subscriber in the recorded announcement, prior to provision of the service, in accordance with Section 3.1.


	 	 
	
5.6

	
The prices stated in this section include V.A.T.


	 	 
	
6.

	
Collection and charging arrangements


	 	 
	
6.1

	
A Source License Holder will not collect from a Subscriber payment for a Premium Service, which was provided contrary to the provisions of this annex.


	 	 
	
6.2

	
The Source License Holder will collect from the Subscriber payment for the Premium Service according to the charge records that the Host License Holder forwarded thereto, in addition to the Regular Tariff.


	 	 
	
6.3

	
The Host License Holder will forward to the Source License Holder, at least once a day, charge records in respect of a Premium Service (the “Premium Records File”) which was provided to the Subscriber, as delivered to the Subscriber in an announcement according to Section 3.1.


	 	 
	
6.4

	
The Source License Holder will remit to the Host License Holder payments that it collected from its Subscribers in respect of Premium Services, according to the Premium Tariff, and will not be required to do so in respect of payments, as aforesaid, that it was unsuccessful in collecting from its Subscribers.


	 	 
	
6.5

	
If a Subscriber disconnects the call before provision of the service has begun, the Source License Holder may collect from him a Regular Tariff, and will not remit to the Host License Holder an interconnect tariff, as set forth in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnect), 5760-2000 (the “Interconnect Regulations”).


	 	 
	
7.

	
Discontinuation of a Premium Service


	 	 
	
7.1

	
A Host License Holder may disconnect the caller from a Premium Service upon the payment for the call reaching the maximum payment as stated in Section 5.


	 	 
	
7.2

	
A Source License Holder shall block the Premium Service for prepaid Subscribers upon exhaustion of the balance available to the Subscriber, or at the very latest, upon receipt of the “Premium Records File”.


	
7.3

	
The provisions of Section 7.2 shall apply also to a credit-restricted postpaid Subscriber who has reached the credit limit agreed with him.


	 	 
	
8.

	
Blocking Access to Service


	 	 
	
8.1

	
The license holder will allow every Subscriber, existing or new, to choose whether the access from his telephone line to Premium Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901 will be open or blocked. The Subscriber’s decision will be made by checking the “blocked” or “open” box on the access to services form (the “Form”).


	 	 
	
8.2

	
The license holder will prepare the access to services form or amend the access to services form defined in its license (the “Access to Services Form”) so as to include the provisions of the access to premium services form in Section 12.


	 	 
	
8.3

	
The license holder will post the Access to Services Form on its website.


	 	 
	
8.4

	
A new Subscriber’s choice will be made by checking a box on the form which constitutes part of the “engagement agreement”, when made in a transaction in the presence of the Subscriber and a representative of the license holder, in the framework of the “engagement terms and conditions document”, when the 





 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  









	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION




































 


 




	
 

	
engagement is made in a remote sale transaction via a telephone call, or as marked by the Subscriber on an online form, when the engagement is made via the internet.







 























































	
8.5

	
The license holder will notify an existing Subscriber, in the Telephone Bill, of the option of downloading the form from its website, and marking his choice regarding access to Premium Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901. If an existing Subscriber filled out a form in the past and is now only filling out his choice regarding access to Premium Services, his previous choices regarding access to services shall remain in place, unless the Subscriber explicitly requests to modify them.


	 	 
	
8.6

	
If an existing Subscriber does not explicitly mark, within two months from this annex taking effect, his choice regarding access to Premium Services which are provided with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901, the default option will be as follows:


a.With respect to code 1-900 – open;


b.With respect to code 1-901 – blocked.


	 	 
	
8.7

	
The blocking of access to Premium Services with Dialing Code 1-901 according to the default option as stated in Section 8.4, will be performed by the license holder within seven (7) working days from two months after this annex takes effect. A Subscriber’s first-time blocking of access to codes 1-900 and 1-901, whether according to the Subscriber’s choice or as a default option, will be performed free of charge.


	 	 
	
8.8

	
The license holder will block the access of all of its Subscribers to the services provided with the Dialing Code 1-902 as a default option, free of charge, within one working day, from the date of this annex taking effect. A Subscriber’s request to remove the blocking will be made in writing, or orally, provided that the license holder performs a reliable identification of the Subscriber submitting the request, according to the procedure determined thereby.


	 	 
	
8.9

	
If a Subscriber requests removal of a blocking, the license holder shall remove the blocking within a reasonable time.


	 	 
	
8.10

	
The license holder shall document the Subscriber’s request to remove the blocking of Premium Services. The documentation will be available at the license holder for delivery or transfer, as the case may be, to the Director within five (5) working days from the date on which the Subscriber submitted his request.


	 	 
	
9.

	
Provision of the service in Israel through an International Operator


	 	 
	
9.1

	
An International Operator may be a Host License Holder, and allow provision of a Premium Service through its Network, without being required to route the call overseas.


	 	 
	
10.

	
Miscellaneous provisions


	 	 
	
10.1

	
A Host License Holder may permit a Service Provider to perform telecommunications actions through the facilities of the License Holder for the purpose of provision of the service; the Service Provider is exempt from the duty to obtain a general permit or license for the purpose of performance of telecommunications actions, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(5) of the law.


	 	 
	
10.2

	
If a Subscriber does not pay a Telephone Bill which includes a charge in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will forward to the Host License Holder 





 


 



A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 


















	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION












 


 


	
 

	
the following details of the Subscriber: his full name, I.D. number and contact details.





  































	
10.3

	
In a Telephone Bill which includes charges in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will specify in respect of each Service Provider, charges in respect of whose services are included in the bill, the following details:


a.Name and address of the Host License Holder;


b.Company number or licensed dealer number of the Host License Holder;


c.Details for contacting the Host License Holder, including a telephone number.


	 	 
	
10.4

	
A Host License Holder may not use means of payment details, provided thereto by the caller for the purpose of payment for other services, in order to collect a premium payment.


	 	 
	
11.

	
Temporary provision


	 	 
	
11.1

	
(a)       A Host License Holder will play an announcement to the caller whereby the Premium Service is provided only through use of the Dialing Codes 1-900, 1-901 and 1-902 in the following cases:


 


(1)   By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing an international number;


 


(2)   By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing a network access code, as defined in the numbering plan in Israel.


 


(b)       The announcement will be made in the language in which the Premium Service is given.


 


(c)       The Host License Holder will play the announcement for six months from the date on which the provisions of this annex take effect.


 


(d)       The source operator may charge the Subscriber the Regular Tariff in respect of the announcement.





 





  







	
12.

	
Access to Premium Services form:


	 	
Form of Access via the Telephone Device to Services Charged in the Telephone Bill










A76 Amendment no. 76






  





  











  






 





	
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW


  


THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION







  





















    









































	 	  	
Name of License Holder


Ways to send the form:


Address


E-mail address


Facsimile no.


Date: ____________








	  	
I, whose details are recorded below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated on this form, as follows:


 


Details of the Subscriber


 


Name of the Subscriber / name of the company: __________ I.D./P.C. __________ Address: _______________ 


Telephone number: _______________


Check the box according to your choice and sign. Please note that partial checking and signing mean blocking the possibility of receiving the service.








	  	
Type of service

	
Blocked

	
Open

	
Subscriber’s signature








	 	Access to Premium Services, which include playing of audio content or presentation of visual content, such as: information, entertainment, advice, dating service, entering competitions, etc., which are provided by dialing 1-900 and 1-901 numbers.	
a.

	
1-900 numbers at a tariff of up to 50 Agorot per minute and no more than NIS 30 for an entire call.

	o	o	 
	  	 	
b.

	
1-901 numbers at a tariff that does not exceed NIS 50 for an entire call.

	o	o	  






	  	
 


In an engagement in the presence of a representative of the License Holder –


 


I, the undersigned subscriber, declare that this form was marked and signed by me.


 


Name of representative of the License Holder: ________________


 


Signature of representative of the License Holder: ________________


 


The Subscriber’s signature: _________________














 



A76 Amendment no. 76